OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

Compare Revisions

  • This comparison shows the changes necessary to convert path
    /openrisc/trunk/gnu-old/gdb-6.8/readline/doc
    from Rev 816 to Rev 827
    Reverse comparison

Rev 816 → Rev 827

/Makefile.in File deleted
/rluserman.texi File deleted
rluserman.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: texi2html =================================================================== --- texi2html (revision 816) +++ texi2html (nonexistent) @@ -1,5429 +0,0 @@ -#! /usr/bin/perl -'di '; -'ig 00 '; -#+############################################################################## -# -# texi2html: Program to transform Texinfo documents to HTML -# -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA -# -#-############################################################################## - -# This requires perl version 5 or higher -require 5.0; - -#++############################################################################## -# -# NOTE FOR DEBUGGING THIS SCRIPT: -# You can run 'perl texi2html.pl' directly, provided you have -# the environment variable T2H_HOME set to the directory containing -# the texi2html.init file -# -#--############################################################################## - -# CVS version: -# $Id: texi2html.pl,v 1.55 2000/07/27 14:39:41 obachman Exp $ - -# Homepage: -$T2H_HOMEPAGE = < (original author) - Karl Berry - Olaf Bachmann - and many others. -Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann -Send bugs and suggestions to -EOT - -# Version: set in configure.in -$THISVERSION = '1.64'; -$THISPROG = "texi2html $THISVERSION"; # program name and version - -# The man page for this program is included at the end of this file and can be -# viewed using the command 'nroff -man texi2html'. - -# Identity: - -$T2H_TODAY = &pretty_date; # like "20 September 1993" -# the eval prevents this from breaking on system which do not have -# a proper getpwuid implemented -eval { ($T2H_USER = (getpwuid ($<))[6]) =~ s/,.*//;}; # Who am i - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Initialization # -# Pasted content of File $(srcdir)/texi2html.init: Default initializations # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -# leave this within comments, and keep the require statement -# This way, you can directly run texi2html.pl, if $ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init -# exists. - -# -# -*-perl-*- -###################################################################### -# File: texi2html.init -# -# Sets default values for command-line arguments and for various customizable -# procedures -# -# A copy of this file is pasted into the beginning of texi2html by -# 'make texi2html' -# -# Copy this file and make changes to it, if you like. -# Afterwards, either, load it with command-line option -init_file -# -# $Id: texi2html.init,v 1.34 2000/07/27 14:09:02 obachman Exp $ - -###################################################################### -# stuff which can also be set by command-line options -# -# -# Note: values set here, overwrite values set by the command-line -# options before -init_file and might still be overwritten by -# command-line arguments following the -init_file option -# - -# T2H_OPTIONS is a hash whose keys are the (long) names of valid -# command-line options and whose values are a hash with the following keys: -# type ==> one of !|=i|:i|=s|:s (see GetOpt::Long for more info) -# linkage ==> ref to scalar, array, or subroutine (see GetOpt::Long for more info) -# verbose ==> short description of option (displayed by -h) -# noHelp ==> if 1 -> for "not so important options": only print description on -h 1 -# 2 -> for obsolete options: only print description on -h 2 - -$T2H_DEBUG = 0; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {debug} = -{ - type => '=i', - linkage => \$main::T2H_DEBUG, - verbose => 'output HTML with debuging information', -}; - -$T2H_DOCTYPE = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {doctype} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$main::T2H_DOCTYPE, - verbose => 'document type which is output in header of HTML files', - noHelp => 1 -}; - -$T2H_CHECK = 0; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {check} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$main::T2H_CHECK, - verbose => 'if set, only check files and output all things that may be Texinfo commands', - noHelp => 1 -}; - -# -expand -# if set to "tex" (or, "info") expand @iftex and @tex (or, @ifinfo) sections -# else, neither expand @iftex, @tex, nor @ifinfo sections -$T2H_EXPAND = "info"; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {expand} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_EXPAND, - verbose => 'Expand info|tex|none section of texinfo source', -}; - -# - glossary -#if set, uses section named `Footnotes' for glossary -$T2H_USE_GLOSSARY = 0; -T2H_OPTIONS -> {glossary} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_USE_GLOSSARY, - verbose => "if set, uses section named `Footnotes' for glossary", - noHelp => 1, -}; - - -# -invisible -# $T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK is the text used to create invisible destination -# anchors for index links (you can for instance use the invisible.xbm -# file shipped with this program). This is a workaround for a known -# bug of many WWW browsers, including netscape. -# For me, it works fine without it -- on the contrary: if there, it -# inserts space between headers and start of text (obachman 3/99) -$T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK = ''; -# $T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK = ' '; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {invisible} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK, - verbose => 'use text in invisble anchot', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -# -iso -# if set, ISO8879 characters are used for special symbols (like copyright, etc) -$T2H_USE_ISO = 0; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {iso} = -{ - type => 'iso', - linkage => \$T2H_USE_ISO, - verbose => 'if set, ISO8879 characters are used for special symbols (like copyright, etc)', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -# -I -# list directories where @include files are searched for (besides the -# directory of the doc file) additional '-I' args add to this list -@T2H_INCLUDE_DIRS = ("."); -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {I} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \@T2H_INCLUDE_DIRS, - verbose => 'append $s to the @include search path', -}; - -# -top_file -# uses file of this name for top-level file -# extension is manipulated appropriately, if necessary. -# If empty, .html is used -# Typically, you would set this to "index.html". -$T2H_TOP_FILE = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {top_file} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_TOP_FILE, - verbose => 'use $s as top file, instead of .html', -}; - - -# -toc_file -# uses file of this name for table of contents file -# extension is manipulated appropriately, if necessary. -# If empty, _toc.html is used -$T2H_TOC_FILE = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {toc_file} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_TOC_FILE, - verbose => 'use $s as ToC file, instead of _toc.html', -}; - -# -frames -# if set, output two additional files which use HTML 4.0 "frames". -$T2H_FRAMES = 0; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {frames} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_FRAMES, - verbose => 'output files which use HTML 4.0 frames (experimental)', - noHelp => 1, -}; - - -# -menu | -nomenu -# if set, show the Texinfo menus -$T2H_SHOW_MENU = 1; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {menu} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_SHOW_MENU, - verbose => 'ouput Texinfo menus', -}; - -# -number | -nonumber -# if set, number sections and show section names and numbers in references -# and menus -$T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS = 1; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {number} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS, - verbose => 'use numbered sections' -}; - -# if set, and T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS is set, then use node names in menu -# entries, instead of section names -$T2H_NODE_NAME_IN_MENU = 0; - -# if set and menu entry equals menu descr, then do not print menu descr. -# Likewise, if node name equals entry name, do not print entry name. -$T2H_AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY = 1; - -# -split section|chapter|none -# if set to 'section' (resp. 'chapter') create one html file per (sub)section -# (resp. chapter) and separate pages for Top, ToC, Overview, Index, -# Glossary, About. -# otherwise, create monolithic html file which contains whole document -#$T2H_SPLIT = 'section'; -$T2H_SPLIT = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {split} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_SPLIT, - verbose => 'split document on section|chapter else no splitting', -}; - -# -section_navigation|-no-section_navigation -# if set, then navigation panels are printed at the beginning of each section -# and, possibly at the end (depending on whether or not there were more than -# $T2H_WORDS_IN_PAGE words on page -# This is most useful if you do not want to have section navigation -# on -split chapter -$T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION = 1; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {sec_nav} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION, - verbose => 'output navigation panels for each section', -}; - -# -subdir -# if set put result files in this directory -# if not set result files are put into current directory -#$T2H_SUBDIR = 'html'; -$T2H_SUBDIR = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {subdir} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_SUBDIR, - verbose => 'put HTML files in directory $s, instead of $cwd', -}; - -# -short_extn -# If this is set all HTML file will have extension ".htm" instead of -# ".html". This is helpful when shipping the document to PC systems. -$T2H_SHORTEXTN = 0; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {short_ext} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_SHORTEXTN, - verbose => 'use "htm" extension for output HTML files', -}; - - -# -prefix -# Set the output file prefix, prepended to all .html, .gif and .pl files. -# By default, this is the basename of the document -$T2H_PREFIX = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {prefix} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_PREFIX, - verbose => 'use as prefix for output files, instead of ', -}; - -# -o filename -# If set, generate monolithic document output html into $filename -$T2H_OUT = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {out_file} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_OUT = @_[1]; $T2H_SPLIT = '';}, - verbose => 'if set, all HTML output goes into file $s', -}; - -# -short_ref -#if set cross-references are given without section numbers -$T2H_SHORT_REF = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {short_ref} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_SHORT_REF, - verbose => 'if set, references are without section numbers', -}; - -# -idx_sum -# if value is set, then for each @prinindex $what -# $docu_name_$what.idx is created which contains lines of the form -# $key\t$ref sorted alphabetically (case matters) -$T2H_IDX_SUMMARY = 0; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {idx_sum} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_IDX_SUMMARY, - verbose => 'if set, also output index summary', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -# -verbose -# if set, chatter about what we are doing -$T2H_VERBOSE = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {Verbose} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_VERBOSE, - verbose => 'print progress info to stdout', -}; - -# -lang -# For page titles use $T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{...} as title. -# To add a new language, supply list of titles (see $T2H_WORDS below). -# and use ISO 639 language codes (see e.g. perl module Locale-Codes-1.02 -# for definitions) -# Default's to 'en' if not set or no @documentlanguage is specified -$T2H_LANG = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {lang} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => sub {SetDocumentLanguage($_[1])}, - verbose => 'use $s as document language (ISO 639 encoding)', -}; - -# -l2h -# if set, uses latex2html for generation of math content -$T2H_L2H = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {l2h} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_L2H, - verbose => 'if set, uses latex2html for @math and @tex', -}; - -###################### -# The following options are only relevant if $T2H_L2H is set -# -# -l2h_l2h -# name/location of latex2html progam -$T2H_L2H_L2H = "latex2html"; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {l2h_l2h} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_L2H_L2H, - verbose => 'program to use for latex2html translation', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -# -l2h_skip -# if set, skips actual call to latex2html tries to reuse previously generated -# content, instead -$T2H_L2H_SKIP = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {l2h_skip} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_L2H_SKIP, - verbose => 'if set, tries to reuse previously latex2html output', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -# -l2h_tmp -# if set, l2h uses this directory for temporarary files. The path -# leading to this directory may not contain a dot (i.e., a "."), -# otherwise, l2h will fail -$T2H_L2H_TMP = ''; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {l2h_tmp} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \$T2H_L2H_TMP, - verbose => 'if set, uses $s as temporary latex2html directory', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -# if set, cleans intermediate files (they all have the prefix $doc_l2h_) -# of l2h -$T2H_L2H_CLEAN = 1; -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {l2h_clean} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_L2H_CLEAN, - verbose => 'if set, do not keep intermediate latex2html files for later reuse', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {D} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => sub {$main::value{@_[1]} = 1;}, - verbose => 'equivalent to Texinfo "@set $s 1"', - noHelp => 1, -}; - -$T2H_OPTIONS -> {init_file} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => \&LoadInitFile, - verbose => 'load init file $s' -}; - - -############################################################################## -# -# The following can only be set in the init file -# -############################################################################## - -# if set, center @image by default -# otherwise, do not center by default -$T2H_CENTER_IMAGE = 1; - -# used as identation for block enclosing command @example, etc -# If not empty, must be enclosed in -$T2H_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL = ' '; -# same as above, only for @small -$T2H_SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL = ' '; -# font size for @small -$T2H_SMALL_FONT_SIZE = '-1'; - -# if non-empty, and no @..heading appeared in Top node, then -# use this as header for top node/section, otherwise use value of -# @settitle or @shorttitle (in that order) -$T2H_TOP_HEADING = ''; - -# if set, use this chapter for 'Index' button, else -# use first chapter whose name matches 'index' (case insensitive) -$T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER = ''; - -# if set and $T2H_SPLIT is set, then split index pages at the next letter -# after they have more than that many entries -$T2H_SPLIT_INDEX = 100; - -# if set (e.g., to index.html) replace hrefs to this file -# (i.e., to index.html) by ./ -$T2H_HREF_DIR_INSTEAD_FILE = ''; - -######################################################################## -# Language dependencies: -# To add a new language extend T2H_WORDS hash and create $T2H_<...>_WORDS hash -# To redefine one word, simply do: -# $T2H_WORDS->{}->{} = 'whatever' in your personal init file. -# -$T2H_WORDS_EN = -{ - # titles of pages - 'ToC_Title' => 'Table of Contents', - 'Overview_Title' => 'Short Table of Contents', - 'Index_Title' => 'Index', - 'About_Title' => 'About this document', - 'Footnotes_Title' => 'Footnotes', - 'See' => 'See', - 'see' => 'see', - 'section' => 'section', -# If necessary, we could extend this as follows: -# # text for buttons -# 'Top_Button' => 'Top', -# 'ToC_Button' => 'Contents', -# 'Overview_Button' => 'Overview', -# 'Index_button' => 'Index', -# 'Back_Button' => 'Back', -# 'FastBack_Button' => 'FastBack', -# 'Prev_Button' => 'Prev', -# 'Up_Button' => 'Up', -# 'Next_Button' => 'Next', -# 'Forward_Button' =>'Forward', -# 'FastWorward_Button' => 'FastForward', -# 'First_Button' => 'First', -# 'Last_Button' => 'Last', -# 'About_Button' => 'About' -}; - -$T2H_WORD_DE = -{ - 'ToC_Title' => 'Inhaltsverzeichniss', - 'Overview_Title' => 'Kurzes Inhaltsverzeichniss', - 'Index_Title' => 'Index', - 'About_Title' => 'Über dieses Dokument', - 'Footnotes_Title' => 'Fußnoten', - 'See' => 'Siehe', - 'see' => 'siehe', - 'section' => 'Abschnitt', -}; - -$T2H_WORD_NL = -{ - 'ToC_Title' => 'Inhoudsopgave', - 'Overview_Title' => 'Korte inhoudsopgave', - 'Index_Title' => 'Index', #Not sure ;-) - 'About_Title' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available! - 'Footnotes_Title' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available! - 'See' => 'Zie', - 'see' => 'zie', - 'section' => 'sectie', -}; - -$T2H_WORD_ES = -{ - 'ToC_Title' => 'índice General', - 'Overview_Title' => 'Resumen del Contenido', - 'Index_Title' => 'Index', #Not sure ;-) - 'About_Title' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available! - 'Footnotes_Title' => 'Fußnoten', - 'See' => 'Véase', - 'see' => 'véase', - 'section' => 'sección', -}; - -$T2H_WORD_NO = -{ - 'ToC_Title' => 'Innholdsfortegnelse', - 'Overview_Title' => 'Kort innholdsfortegnelse', - 'Index_Title' => 'Indeks', #Not sure ;-) - 'About_Title' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available! - 'Footnotes_Title' => 'No translation available!', - 'See' => 'Se', - 'see' => 'se', - 'section' => 'avsnitt', -}; - -$T2H_WORD_PT = -{ - 'ToC_Title' => 'Sumário', - 'Overview_Title' => 'Breve Sumário', - 'Index_Title' => 'Índice', #Not sure ;-) - 'About_Title' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available! - 'Footnotes_Title' => 'No translation available!', - 'See' => 'Veja', - 'see' => 'veja', - 'section' => 'Seção', -}; - -$T2H_WORDS = -{ - 'en' => $T2H_WORDS_EN, - 'de' => $T2H_WORDS_DE, - 'nl' => $T2H_WORDS_NL, - 'es' => $T2H_WORDS_ES, - 'no' => $T2H_WORDS_NO, - 'pt' => $T2H_WORDS_PT -}; - -@MONTH_NAMES_EN = -( - 'January', 'February', 'March', 'April', 'May', - 'June', 'July', 'August', 'September', 'October', - 'November', 'December' -); - -@MONTH_NAMES_DE = -( - 'Januar', 'Februar', 'März', 'April', 'Mai', - 'Juni', 'Juli', 'August', 'September', 'Oktober', - 'November', 'Dezember' -); - -@MONTH_NAMES_NL = -( - 'Januari', 'Februari', 'Maart', 'April', 'Mei', - 'Juni', 'Juli', 'Augustus', 'September', 'Oktober', - 'November', 'December' -); - -@MONTH_NAMES_ES = -( - 'enero', 'febrero', 'marzo', 'abril', 'mayo', - 'junio', 'julio', 'agosto', 'septiembre', 'octubre', - 'noviembre', 'diciembre' -); - -@MONTH_NAMES_NO = -( - - 'januar', 'februar', 'mars', 'april', 'mai', - 'juni', 'juli', 'august', 'september', 'oktober', - 'november', 'desember' -); - -@MONTH_NAMES_PT = -( - 'Janeiro', 'Fevereiro', 'Março', 'Abril', 'Maio', - 'Junho', 'Julho', 'Agosto', 'Setembro', 'Outubro', - 'Novembro', 'Dezembro' -); - - -$MONTH_NAMES = -{ - 'en' => \@MONTH_NAMES_EN, - 'de' => \@MONTH_NAMES_DE, - 'es' => \@MONTH_NAMES_ES, - 'nl' => \@MONTH_NAMES_NL, - 'no' => \@MONTH_NAMES_NO, - 'pt' => \@MONTH_NAMES_PT -}; -######################################################################## -# Control of Page layout: -# You can make changes of the Page layout at two levels: -# 1.) For small changes, it is often enough to change the value of -# some global string/hash/array variables -# 2.) For larger changes, reimplement one of the T2H_DEFAULT_* routines, -# give them another name, and assign them to the respective -# $T2H_ variable. - -# As a general interface, the hashes T2H_HREF, T2H_NAME, T2H_NODE hold -# href, html-name, node-name of -# This -- current section (resp. html page) -# Top -- top page ($T2H_TOP_FILE) -# Contents -- Table of contents -# Overview -- Short table of contents -# Index -- Index page -# About -- page which explain "navigation buttons" -# First -- first node -# Last -- last node -# -# Whether or not the following hash values are set, depends on the context -# (all values are w.r.t. 'This' section) -# Next -- next node of texinfo -# Prev -- previous node of texinfo -# Up -- up node of texinfo -# Forward -- next node in reading order -# Back -- previous node in reading order -# FastForward -- if leave node, up and next, else next node -# FastBackward-- if leave node, up and prev, else prev node -# -# Furthermore, the following global variabels are set: -# $T2H_THISDOC{title} -- title as set by @setttile -# $T2H_THISDOC{fulltitle} -- full title as set by @title... -# $T2H_THISDOC{subtitle} -- subtitle as set by @subtitle -# $T2H_THISDOC{author} -- author as set by @author -# -# and pointer to arrays of lines which need to be printed by t2h_print_lines -# $T2H_OVERVIEW -- lines of short table of contents -# $T2H_TOC -- lines of table of contents -# $T2H_TOP -- lines of Top texinfo node -# $T2H_THIS_SECTION -- lines of 'This' section - -# -# There are the following subs which control the layout: -# -$T2H_print_section = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_section; -$T2H_print_Top_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_header; -$T2H_print_Top_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_footer; -$T2H_print_Top = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top; -$T2H_print_Toc = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Toc; -$T2H_print_Overview = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Overview; -$T2H_print_Footnotes = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Footnotes; -$T2H_print_About = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_About; -$T2H_print_misc_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_header; -$T2H_print_misc_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_footer; -$T2H_print_misc = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc; -$T2H_print_chapter_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_header; -$T2H_print_chapter_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_footer; -$T2H_print_page_head = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_head; -$T2H_print_page_foot = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_foot; -$T2H_print_head_navigation = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_head_navigation; -$T2H_print_foot_navigation = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_foot_navigation; -$T2H_button_icon_img = \&T2H_DEFAULT_button_icon_img; -$T2H_print_navigation = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_navigation; -$T2H_about_body = \&T2H_DEFAULT_about_body; -$T2H_print_frame = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_frame; -$T2H_print_toc_frame = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame; - -######################################################################## -# Layout for html for every sections -# -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_section -{ - my $fh = shift; - local $T2H_BUTTONS = \@T2H_SECTION_BUTTONS; - &$T2H_print_head_navigation($fh) if $T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION; - my $nw = t2h_print_lines($fh); - if ($T2H_SPLIT eq 'section' && $T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION) - { - &$T2H_print_foot_navigation($fh, $nw); - } - else - { - print $fh '
' . "\n"; - } -} - -################################################################### -# Layout of top-page I recommend that you use @ifnothtml, @ifhtml, -# @html within the Top texinfo node to specify content of top-level -# page. -# -# If you enclose everything in @ifnothtml, then title, subtitle, -# author and overview is printed -# T2H_HREF of Next, Prev, Up, Forward, Back are not defined -# if $T2H_SPLIT then Top page is in its own html file -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_header -{ - &$T2H_print_page_head(@_) if $T2H_SPLIT; - t2h_print_label(@_); # this needs to be called, otherwise no label set - &$T2H_print_head_navigation(@_); -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_footer -{ - &$T2H_print_foot_navigation(@_); - &$T2H_print_page_foot(@_) if $T2H_SPLIT; -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top -{ - my $fh = shift; - - # for redefining navigation buttons use: - # local $T2H_BUTTONS = [...]; - # as it is, 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About' are printed - local $T2H_BUTTONS = \@T2H_MISC_BUTTONS; - &$T2H_print_Top_header($fh); - if ($T2H_THIS_SECTION) - { - # if top-level node has content, then print it with extra header - print $fh "

$T2H_NAME{Top}

" - unless ($T2H_HAS_TOP_HEADING); - t2h_print_lines($fh, $T2H_THIS_SECTION) - } - else - { - # top-level node is fully enclosed in @ifnothtml - # print fulltitle, subtitle, author, Overview - print $fh - "
\n

" . - join("

\n

", split(/\n/, $T2H_THISDOC{fulltitle})) . - "

\n"; - print $fh "

$T2H_THISDOC{subtitle}

\n" if $T2H_THISDOC{subtitle}; - print $fh "$T2H_THISDOC{author}\n" if $T2H_THISDOC{author}; - print $fh < -
-

-

Overview:

-
-EOT - t2h_print_lines($fh, $T2H_OVERVIEW); - print $fh "
\n"; - } - &$T2H_print_Top_footer($fh); -} - -################################################################### -# Layout of Toc, Overview, and Footnotes pages -# By default, we use "normal" layout -# T2H_HREF of Next, Prev, Up, Forward, Back, etc are not defined -# use: local $T2H_BUTTONS = [...] to redefine navigation buttons -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Toc -{ - return &$T2H_print_misc(@_); -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Overview -{ - return &$T2H_print_misc(@_); -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Footnotes -{ - return &$T2H_print_misc(@_); -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_About -{ - return &$T2H_print_misc(@_); -} - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_header -{ - &$T2H_print_page_head(@_) if $T2H_SPLIT; - # this needs to be called, otherwise, no labels are set - t2h_print_label(@_); - &$T2H_print_head_navigation(@_); -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_footer -{ - &$T2H_print_foot_navigation(@_); - &$T2H_print_page_foot(@_) if $T2H_SPLIT; -} -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc -{ - my $fh = shift; - local $T2H_BUTTONS = \@T2H_MISC_BUTTONS; - &$T2H_print_misc_header($fh); - print $fh "

$T2H_NAME{This}

\n"; - t2h_print_lines($fh); - &$T2H_print_misc_footer($fh); -} - -################################################################### -# chapter_header and chapter_footer are only called if -# T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter' -# chapter_header: after print_page_header, before print_section -# chapter_footer: after print_section of last section, before print_page_footer -# -# If you want to get rid of navigation stuff after each section, -# redefine print_section such that it does not call print_navigation, -# and put print_navigation into print_chapter_header -@T2H_CHAPTER_BUTTONS = - ( - 'FastBack', 'FastForward', ' ', - ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', - 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About', - ); - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_header -{ - # nothing to do there, by default - if (! $T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION) - { - my $fh = shift; - local $T2H_BUTTONS = \@T2H_CHAPTER_BUTTONS; - &$T2H_print_navigation($fh); - print $fh "\n
\n"; - } -} - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_footer -{ - local $T2H_BUTTONS = \@T2H_CHAPTER_BUTTONS; - &$T2H_print_navigation(@_); -} -################################################################### -$T2H_TODAY = &pretty_date; # like "20 September 1993" - -sub pretty_date { - local($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $mon, $year, $wday, $yday, $isdst); - - ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $mon, $year, $wday, $yday, $isdst) = localtime(time); - $year += ($year < 70) ? 2000 : 1900; - # obachman: Let's do it as the Americans do - return($MONTH_NAMES->{$T2H_LANG}[$mon] . ", " . $mday . " " . $year); -} - - -################################################################### -# Layout of standard header and footer -# - -# Set the default body text, inserted between -###$T2H_BODYTEXT = 'LANG="EN" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000"'; -$T2H_BODYTEXT = 'LANG="' . $T2H_LANG . '" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000"'; -# text inserted after -$T2H_AFTER_BODY_OPEN = ''; -#text inserted before -$T2H_PRE_BODY_CLOSE = ''; -# this is used in footer -$T2H_ADDRESS = "by $T2H_USER " if $T2H_USER; -$T2H_ADDRESS .= "on $T2H_TODAY"; -# this is added inside after and some META NAME stuff -# can be used for <style> <script>, <meta> tags -$T2H_EXTRA_HEAD = ''; - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_head -{ - my $fh = shift; - my $longtitle = "$T2H_THISDOC{title}: $T2H_NAME{This}"; - print $fh <<EOT; -<HTML> -$T2H_DOCTYPE -<!-- Created on $T2H_TODAY by $THISPROG --> -<!-- -$T2H_AUTHORS ---> -<HEAD> -<TITLE>$longtitle - - - - - - -$T2H_EXTRA_HEAD - - - -$T2H_AFTER_BODY_OPEN -EOT -} - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_foot -{ - my $fh = shift; - print $fh < - -This document was generated -$T2H_ADDRESS -using texi2html -$T2H_PRE_BODY_CLOSE - - -EOT -} - -################################################################### -# Layout of navigation panel - -# if this is set, then a vertical navigation panel is used -$T2H_VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION = 0; -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_head_navigation -{ - my $fh = shift; - if ($T2H_VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION) - { - print $fh < - - -EOT - } - &$T2H_print_navigation($fh, $T2H_VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION); - if ($T2H_VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION) - { - print $fh < - -EOT - } - elsif ($T2H_SPLIT eq 'section') - { - print $fh "
\n"; - } -} - -# Specifies the minimum page length required before a navigation panel -# is placed at the bottom of a page (the default is that of latex2html) -# T2H_THIS_WORDS_IN_PAGE holds number of words of current page -$T2H_WORDS_IN_PAGE = 300; -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_foot_navigation -{ - my $fh = shift; - my $nwords = shift; - if ($T2H_VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION) - { - print $fh < - - -EOT - } - print $fh "
\n"; - &$T2H_print_navigation($fh) if ($nwords >= $T2H_WORDS_IN_PAGE) -} - -###################################################################### -# navigation panel -# -# specify in this array which "buttons" should appear in which order -# in the navigation panel for sections; use ' ' for empty buttons (space) -@T2H_SECTION_BUTTONS = - ( - 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'FastBack', 'Up', 'FastForward', - ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', - 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About', - ); - -# buttons for misc stuff -@T2H_MISC_BUTTONS = ('Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About'); - -# insert here name of icon images for buttons -# Icons are used, if $T2H_ICONS and resp. value are set -%T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS = - ( - 'Top', '', - 'Contents', '', - 'Overview', '', - 'Index', '', - 'Back', '', - 'FastBack', '', - 'Prev', '', - 'Up', '', - 'Next', '', - 'Forward', '', - 'FastForward', '', - 'About' , '', - 'First', '', - 'Last', '', - ' ', '' - ); - -# insert here name of icon images for these, if button is inactive -%T2H_PASSIVE_ICONS = - ( - 'Top', '', - 'Contents', '', - 'Overview', '', - 'Index', '', - 'Back', '', - 'FastBack', '', - 'Prev', '', - 'Up', '', - 'Next', '', - 'Forward', '', - 'FastForward', '', - 'About', '', - 'First', '', - 'Last', '', - ); - -# how to create IMG tag -sub T2H_DEFAULT_button_icon_img -{ - my $button = shift; - my $icon = shift; - my $name = shift; - return qq{$button: $name}; -} - -# Names of text as alternative for icons -%T2H_NAVIGATION_TEXT = - ( - 'Top', 'Top', - 'Contents', 'Contents', - 'Overview', 'Overview', - 'Index', 'Index', - ' ', '   ', - 'Back', ' < ', - 'FastBack', ' << ', - 'Prev', 'Prev', - 'Up', ' Up ', - 'Next', 'Next', - 'Forward', ' > ', - 'FastForward', ' >> ', - 'About', ' ? ', - 'First', ' |< ', - 'Last', ' >| ' - ); - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_navigation -{ - my $fh = shift; - my $vertical = shift; - my $spacing = 1; - print $fh "\n"; - - print $fh "" unless $vertical; - for $button (@$T2H_BUTTONS) - { - print $fh qq{\n} if $vertical; - print $fh qq{\n"; - print $fh "\n" if $vertical; - } - print $fh "" unless $vertical; - print $fh "
}; - - if (ref($button) eq 'CODE') - { - &$button($fh, $vertical); - } - elsif ($button eq ' ') - { # handle space button - print $fh - $T2H_ICONS && $T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS{' '} ? - &$T2H_button_icon_img($button, $T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS{' '}) : - $T2H_NAVIGATION_TEXT{' '}; - next; - } - elsif ($T2H_HREF{$button}) - { # button is active - print $fh - $T2H_ICONS && $T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS{$button} ? # use icon ? - t2h_anchor('', $T2H_HREF{$button}, # yes - &$T2H_button_icon_img($button, - $T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}, - $T2H_NAME{$button})) - : # use text - "[" . - t2h_anchor('', $T2H_HREF{$button}, $T2H_NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button}) . - "]"; - } - else - { # button is passive - print $fh - $T2H_ICONS && $T2H_PASSIVE_ICONS{$button} ? - &$T2H_button_icon_img($button, - $T2H_PASSIVE_ICONS{$button}, - $T2H_NAME{$button}) : - - "[" . $T2H_NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button} . "]"; - } - print $fh "
\n"; -} - -###################################################################### -# Frames: this is from "Richard Y. Kim" -# Should be improved to be more conforming to other _print* functions - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_frame -{ - my $fh = shift; - print $fh < -$T2H_THISDOC{title} - - - - - -EOT -} - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame -{ - my $fh = shift; - &$T2H_print_page_head($fh); - print $fh <Content -EOT - print $fh map {s/HREF=/target=\"main\" HREF=/; $_;} @stoc_lines; - print $fh "\n"; -} - -###################################################################### -# About page -# - -# T2H_PRE_ABOUT might be a function -$T2H_PRE_ABOUT = <texi2html -

-EOT -$T2H_AFTER_ABOUT = ''; - -sub T2H_DEFAULT_about_body -{ - my $about; - if (ref($T2H_PRE_ABOUT) eq 'CODE') - { - $about = &$T2H_PRE_ABOUT(); - } - else - { - $about = $T2H_PRE_ABOUT; - } - $about .= <

- - - - - - - -EOT - - for $button (@T2H_SECTION_BUTTONS) - { - next if $button eq ' ' || ref($button) eq 'CODE'; - $about .= < - - - - -EOT - } - - $about .= < -

-where the Example assumes that the current position -is at Subsubsection One-Two-Three of a document of -the following structure: -
    -
  • 1. Section One
  • -
      -
    • 1.1 Subsection One-One
    • -
        -
      • ...
      • -
      -
    • 1.2 Subsection One-Two
    • -
        -
      • 1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One -
      • 1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two -
      • 1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three     -<== Current Position -
      • 1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four -
      -
    • 1.3 Subsection One-Three
    • -
        -
      • ...
      • -
      -
    • 1.4 Subsection One-Four
    • -
    -
-$T2H_AFTER_ABOUT -EOT - return $about; -} - - -%T2H_BUTTONS_GOTO = - ( - 'Top', 'cover (top) of document', - 'Contents', 'table of contents', - 'Overview', 'short table of contents', - 'Index', 'concept index', - 'Back', 'previous section in reading order', - 'FastBack', 'previous or up-and-previous section ', - 'Prev', 'previous section same level', - 'Up', 'up section', - 'Next', 'next section same level', - 'Forward', 'next section in reading order', - 'FastForward', 'next or up-and-next section', - 'About' , 'this page', - 'First', 'first section in reading order', - 'Last', 'last section in reading order', - ); - -%T2H_BUTTONS_EXAMPLE = -( - 'Top', '   ', - 'Contents', '   ', - 'Overview', '   ', - 'Index', '   ', - 'Back', '1.2.2', - 'FastBack', '1.1', - 'Prev', '1.2.2', - 'Up', '1.2', - 'Next', '1.2.4', - 'Forward', '1.2.4', - 'FastForward', '1.3', - 'About', '   ', - 'First', '1.', - 'Last', '1.2.4', -); - - -###################################################################### -# from here on, its l2h init stuff -# - -## initialization for latex2html as for Singular manual generation -## obachman 3/99 - -# -# Options controlling Titles, File-Names, Tracing and Sectioning -# -$TITLE = ''; - -$SHORTEXTN = 0; - -$LONG_TITLES = 0; - -$DESTDIR = ''; # should be overwritten by cmd-line argument - -$NO_SUBDIR = 0;# should be overwritten by cmd-line argument - -$PREFIX = ''; # should be overwritten by cmd-line argument - -$AUTO_PREFIX = 0; # this is needed, so that prefix settings are used - -$AUTO_LINK = 0; - -$SPLIT = 0; - -$MAX_LINK_DEPTH = 0; - -$TMP = ''; # should be overwritten by cmd-line argument - -$DEBUG = 0; - -$VERBOSE = 1; - -# -# Options controlling Extensions and Special Features -# -$HTML_VERSION = "3.2"; - -$TEXDEFS = 1; # we absolutely need that - -$EXTERNAL_FILE = ''; - -$SCALABLE_FONTS = 1; - -$NO_SIMPLE_MATH = 1; - -$LOCAL_ICONS = 1; - -$SHORT_INDEX = 0; - -$NO_FOOTNODE = 1; - -$ADDRESS = ''; - -$INFO = ''; - -# -# Switches controlling Image Generation -# -$ASCII_MODE = 0; - -$NOLATEX = 0; - -$EXTERNAL_IMAGES = 0; - -$PS_IMAGES = 0; - -$NO_IMAGES = 0; - -$IMAGES_ONLY = 0; - -$REUSE = 2; - -$ANTI_ALIAS = 1; - -$ANTI_ALIAS_TEXT = 1; - -# -#Switches controlling Navigation Panels -# -$NO_NAVIGATION = 1; -$ADDRESS = ''; -$INFO = 0; # 0 = do not make a "About this document..." section - -# -#Switches for Linking to other documents -# -# actuall -- we don't care - -$MAX_SPLIT_DEPTH = 0; # Stop making separate files at this depth - -$MAX_LINK_DEPTH = 0; # Stop showing child nodes at this depth - -$NOLATEX = 0; # 1 = do not pass unknown environments to Latex - -$EXTERNAL_IMAGES = 0; # 1 = leave the images outside the document - -$ASCII_MODE = 0; # 1 = do not use any icons or internal images - -# 1 = use links to external postscript images rather than inlined bitmap -# images. -$PS_IMAGES = 0; -$SHOW_SECTION_NUMBERS = 0; - -### Other global variables ############################################### -$CHILDLINE = ""; - -# This is the line width measured in pixels and it is used to right justify -# equations and equation arrays; -$LINE_WIDTH = 500; - -# Used in conjunction with AUTO_NAVIGATION -$WORDS_IN_PAGE = 300; - -# Affects ONLY the way accents are processed -$default_language = 'english'; - -# The value of this variable determines how many words to use in each -# title that is added to the navigation panel (see below) -# -$WORDS_IN_NAVIGATION_PANEL_TITLES = 0; - -# This number will determine the size of the equations, special characters, -# and anything which will be converted into an inlined image -# *except* "image generating environments" such as "figure", "table" -# or "minipage". -# Effective values are those greater than 0. -# Sensible values are between 0.1 - 4. -$MATH_SCALE_FACTOR = 1.5; - -# This number will determine the size of -# image generating environments such as "figure", "table" or "minipage". -# Effective values are those greater than 0. -# Sensible values are between 0.1 - 4. -$FIGURE_SCALE_FACTOR = 1.6; - - -# If both of the following two variables are set then the "Up" button -# of the navigation panel in the first node/page of a converted document -# will point to $EXTERNAL_UP_LINK. $EXTERNAL_UP_TITLE should be set -# to some text which describes this external link. -$EXTERNAL_UP_LINK = ""; -$EXTERNAL_UP_TITLE = ""; - -# If this is set then the resulting HTML will look marginally better if viewed -# with Netscape. -$NETSCAPE_HTML = 1; - -# Valid paper sizes are "letter", "legal", "a4","a3","a2" and "a0" -# Paper sizes has no effect other than in the time it takes to create inlined -# images and in whether large images can be created at all ie -# - larger paper sizes *MAY* help with large image problems -# - smaller paper sizes are quicker to handle -$PAPERSIZE = "a4"; - -# Replace "english" with another language in order to tell LaTeX2HTML that you -# want some generated section titles (eg "Table of Contents" or "References") -# to appear in a different language. Currently only "english" and "french" -# is supported but it is very easy to add your own. See the example in the -# file "latex2html.config" -$TITLES_LANGUAGE = "english"; - -1; # This must be the last non-comment line - -# End File texi2html.init -###################################################################### - - -require "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init" - if ($0 =~ /\.pl$/ && - -e "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init" && -r "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init"); - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Initialization # -# Pasted content of File $(srcdir)/MySimple.pm: Command-line processing # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -# leave this within comments, and keep the require statement -# This way, you can directly run texi2html.pl, if $ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init -# exists. - -# -package Getopt::MySimple; - -# Name: -# Getopt::MySimple. -# -# Documentation: -# POD-style (incomplete) documentation is in file MySimple.pod -# -# Tabs: -# 4 spaces || die. -# -# Author: -# Ron Savage rpsavage@ozemail.com.au. -# 1.00 19-Aug-97 Initial version. -# 1.10 13-Oct-97 Add arrays of switches (eg '=s@'). -# 1.20 3-Dec-97 Add 'Help' on a per-switch basis. -# 1.30 11-Dec-97 Change 'Help' to 'verbose'. Make all hash keys lowercase. -# 1.40 10-Nov-98 Change width of help report. Restructure tests. -# 1-Jul-00 Modifications for Texi2html - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Locally modified by obachman (Display type instead of env, order by cmp) -# $Id: MySimple.pm,v 1.1 2000/07/03 08:44:13 obachman Exp $ - -# use strict; -# no strict 'refs'; - -use vars qw(@EXPORT @EXPORT_OK @ISA); -use vars qw($fieldWidth $opt $VERSION); - -use Exporter(); -use Getopt::Long; - -@ISA = qw(Exporter); -@EXPORT = qw(); -@EXPORT_OK = qw($opt); # An alias for $self -> {'opt'}. - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$fieldWidth = 20; -$VERSION = '1.41'; - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -sub byOrder -{ - my($self) = @_; - - return uc($a) cmp (uc($b)); -} - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -sub dumpOptions -{ - my($self) = @_; - - print 'Option', ' ' x ($fieldWidth - length('Option') ), "Value\n"; - - for (sort byOrder keys(%{$self -> {'opt'} }) ) - { - print "-$_", ' ' x ($fieldWidth - (1 + length) ), "${$self->{'opt'} }{$_}\n"; - } - - print "\n"; - -} # End of dumpOptions. - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Return: -# 0 -> Error. -# 1 -> Ok. - -sub getOptions -{ - push(@_, 0) if ($#_ == 2); # Default for $ignoreCase is 0. - push(@_, 1) if ($#_ == 3); # Default for $helpThenExit is 1. - - my($self, $default, $helpText, $versionText, - $helpThenExit, $versionThenExit, $ignoreCase) = @_; - - $helpThenExit = 1 unless (defined($helpThenExit)); - $versionThenExit = 1 unless (defined($versionThenExit)); - $ignoreCase = 0 unless (defined($ignoreCase)); - - $self -> {'default'} = $default; - $self -> {'helpText'} = $helpText; - $self -> {'versionText'} = $versionText; - $Getopt::Long::ignorecase = $ignoreCase; - - unless (defined($self -> {'default'}{'help'})) - { - $self -> {'default'}{'help'} = - { - type => ':i', - default => '', - linkage => sub {$self->helpOptions($_[1]); exit (0) if $helpThenExit;}, - verbose => "print help and exit" - }; - } - - unless (defined($self -> {'default'}{'version'})) - { - $self -> {'default'}{'version'} = - { - type => '', - default => '', - linkage => sub {print $self->{'versionText'}; exit (0) if versionTheExit;}, - verbose => "print version and exit" - }; - } - - for (keys(%{$self -> {'default'} }) ) - { - my $type = ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'type'}; - push(@{$self -> {'type'} }, "$_$type"); - $self->{'opt'}->{$_} = ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'linkage'} - if ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'linkage'}; - } - - my($result) = &GetOptions($self -> {'opt'}, @{$self -> {'type'} }); - - return $result unless $result; - - for (keys(%{$self -> {'default'} }) ) - { - if (! defined(${$self -> {'opt'} }{$_})) #{ - { - ${$self -> {'opt'} }{$_} = ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'default'}; - } - } - - $result; -} # End of getOptions. - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -sub helpOptions -{ - my($self) = shift; - my($noHelp) = shift; - $noHelp = 0 unless $noHelp; - my($optwidth, $typewidth, $defaultwidth, $maxlinewidth, $valind, $valwidth) - = (10, 5, 9, 78, 4, 11); - - print "$self->{'helpText'}" if ($self -> {'helpText'}); - - print ' Option', ' ' x ($optwidth - length('Option') -1 ), - 'Type', ' ' x ($typewidth - length('Type') + 1), - 'Default', ' ' x ($defaultwidth - length('Default') ), - "Description\n"; - - for (sort byOrder keys(%{$self -> {'default'} }) ) - { - my($line, $help, $option, $val); - $option = $_; - next if ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'noHelp'} && ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'noHelp'} > $noHelp; - $line = " -$_ " . ' ' x ($optwidth - (2 + length) ) . - "${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'type'} ". - ' ' x ($typewidth - (1+length(${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'type'}) )); - - $val = ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'linkage'}; - if ($val) - { - if (ref($val) eq 'SCALAR') - { - $val = $$val; - } - else - { - $val = ''; - } - } - else - { - $val = ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'default'}; - } - $line .= "$val "; - $line .= ' ' x ($optwidth + $typewidth + $defaultwidth + 1 - length($line)); - - if (defined(${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'verbose'}) && - ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'verbose'} ne '') - { - $help = "${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'verbose'}"; - } - else - { - $help = ' '; - } - if ((length("$line") + length($help)) < $maxlinewidth) - { - print $line , $help, "\n"; - } - else - { - print $line, "\n", ' ' x $valind, $help, "\n"; - } - for $val (sort byOrder keys(%{${$self->{'default'}}{$option}{'values'}})) - { - print ' ' x ($valind + 2); - print $val, ' ', ' ' x ($valwidth - length($val) - 2); - print ${$self->{'default'}}{$option}{'values'}{$val}, "\n"; - } - } - - print <| ! no argument: variable is set to 1 on -foo (or, to 0 on -nofoo) - =s | :s mandatory (or, optional) string argument - =i | :i mandatory (or, optional) integer argument -EOT -} # End of helpOptions. - -#------------------------------------------------------------------- - -sub new -{ - my($class) = @_; - my($self) = {}; - $self -> {'default'} = {}; - $self -> {'helpText'} = ''; - $self -> {'opt'} = {}; - $opt = $self -> {'opt'}; # An alias for $self -> {'opt'}. - $self -> {'type'} = (); - - return bless $self, $class; - -} # End of new. - -# -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -1; - -# End MySimple.pm - -require "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/MySimple.pm" - if ($0 =~ /\.pl$/ && - -e "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init" && -r "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init"); - -package main; - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Constants # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -$DEBUG_TOC = 1; -$DEBUG_INDEX = 2; -$DEBUG_BIB = 4; -$DEBUG_GLOSS = 8; -$DEBUG_DEF = 16; -$DEBUG_HTML = 32; -$DEBUG_USER = 64; -$DEBUG_L2H = 128; - - -$BIBRE = '\[[\w\/-]+\]'; # RE for a bibliography reference -$FILERE = '[\/\w.+-]+'; # RE for a file name -$VARRE = '[^\s\{\}]+'; # RE for a variable name -$NODERE = '[^,:]+'; # RE for a node name -$NODESRE = '[^:]+'; # RE for a list of node names - -$ERROR = "***"; # prefix for errors -$WARN = "**"; # prefix for warnings - - # program home page -$PROTECTTAG = "_ThisIsProtected_"; # tag to recognize protected sections - -$CHAPTEREND = "\n"; # to know where a chpater ends -$SECTIONEND = "\n"; # to know where section ends -$TOPEND = "\n"; # to know where top ends - - - -# -# pre-defined indices -# -$index_properties = -{ - 'c' => { name => 'cp'}, - 'f' => { name => 'fn', code => 1}, - 'v' => { name => 'vr', code => 1}, - 'k' => { name => 'ky', code => 1}, - 'p' => { name => 'pg', code => 1}, - 't' => { name => 'tp', code => 1} -}; - - -%predefined_index = ( - 'cp', 'c', - 'fn', 'f', - 'vr', 'v', - 'ky', 'k', - 'pg', 'p', - 'tp', 't', - ); - -# -# valid indices -# -%valid_index = ( - 'c', 1, - 'f', 1, - 'v', 1, - 'k', 1, - 'p', 1, - 't', 1, - ); - -# -# texinfo section names to level -# -%sec2level = ( - 'top', 0, - 'chapter', 1, - 'unnumbered', 1, - 'majorheading', 1, - 'chapheading', 1, - 'appendix', 1, - 'section', 2, - 'unnumberedsec', 2, - 'heading', 2, - 'appendixsec', 2, - 'appendixsection', 2, - 'subsection', 3, - 'unnumberedsubsec', 3, - 'subheading', 3, - 'appendixsubsec', 3, - 'subsubsection', 4, - 'unnumberedsubsubsec', 4, - 'subsubheading', 4, - 'appendixsubsubsec', 4, - ); - -# -# accent map, TeX command to ISO name -# -%accent_map = ( - '"', 'uml', - '~', 'tilde', - '^', 'circ', - '`', 'grave', - '\'', 'acute', - ); - -# -# texinfo "simple things" (@foo) to HTML ones -# -%simple_map = ( - # cf. makeinfo.c - "*", "
", # HTML+ - " ", " ", - "\t", " ", - "-", "­", # soft hyphen - "\n", "\n", - "|", "", - 'tab', '<\/TD>
Button Name Go to From 1.2.3 go to
-EOT - $about .= - ($T2H_ICONS && $T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS{$button} ? - &$T2H_button_icon_img($button, $T2H_ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}) : - " [" . $T2H_NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button} . "] "); - $about .= < - -$button - -$T2H_BUTTONS_GOTO{$button} - -$T2H_BUTTONS_EXAMPLE{$button} -
', - # spacing commands - ":", "", - "!", "!", - "?", "?", - ".", ".", - "-", "", - ); - -# -# texinfo "things" (@foo{}) to HTML ones -# -%things_map = ( - 'TeX', 'TeX', - 'br', '

', # paragraph break - 'bullet', '*', - 'copyright', '(C)', - 'dots', '...<\/small>', - 'enddots', '....<\/small>', - 'equiv', '==', - 'error', 'error-->', - 'expansion', '==>', - 'minus', '-', - 'point', '-!-', - 'print', '-|', - 'result', '=>', - 'today', $T2H_TODAY, - 'aa', 'å', - 'AA', 'Å', - 'ae', 'æ', - 'oe', 'œ', - 'AE', 'Æ', - 'OE', 'Œ', - 'o', 'ø', - 'O', 'Ø', - 'ss', 'ß', - 'l', '\/l', - 'L', '\/L', - 'exclamdown', '¡', - 'questiondown', '¿', - 'pounds', '£' - ); - -# -# texinfo styles (@foo{bar}) to HTML ones -# -%style_map = ( - 'acronym', '&do_acronym', - 'asis', '', - 'b', 'B', - 'cite', 'CITE', - 'code', 'CODE', - 'command', 'CODE', - 'ctrl', '&do_ctrl', # special case - 'dfn', 'EM', # DFN tag is illegal in the standard - 'dmn', '', # useless - 'email', '&do_email', # insert a clickable email address - 'emph', 'EM', - 'env', 'CODE', - 'file', '"TT', # will put quotes, cf. &apply_style - 'i', 'I', - 'kbd', 'KBD', - 'key', 'KBD', - 'math', '&do_math', - 'option', '"SAMP', # will put quotes, cf. &apply_style - 'r', '', # unsupported - 'samp', '"SAMP', # will put quotes, cf. &apply_style - 'sc', '&do_sc', # special case - 'strong', 'STRONG', - 't', 'TT', - 'titlefont', '', # useless - 'uref', '&do_uref', # insert a clickable URL - 'url', '&do_url', # insert a clickable URL - 'var', 'VAR', - 'w', '', # unsupported - 'H', '&do_accent', - 'dotaccent', '&do_accent', - 'ringaccent','&do_accent', - 'tieaccent', '&do_accent', - 'u','&do_accent', - 'ubaraccent','&do_accent', - 'udotaccent','&do_accent', - 'v', '&do_accent', - ',', '&do_accent', - 'dotless', '&do_accent' - ); - -# -# texinfo format (@foo/@end foo) to HTML ones -# -%format_map = ( - 'quotation', 'BLOCKQUOTE', - # lists - 'itemize', 'UL', - 'enumerate', 'OL', - # poorly supported - 'flushleft', 'PRE', - 'flushright', 'PRE', - ); - -# -# an eval of these $complex_format_map->{what}->[0] yields beginning -# an eval of these $complex_format_map->{what}->[1] yieleds end -$complex_format_map = -{ - example => - [ - q{"

$T2H_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL
"},








    -  q{'
'} - ], - smallexample => - [ - q{"$T2H_SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL
"},








    -  q{'
'} - ], - display => - [ - q{"$T2H_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL
'},








    -  q{'
'} - ], - smalldisplay => - [ - q{"$T2H_SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL
'},








    -  q{'
'} - ] -}; - -$complex_format_map->{lisp} = $complex_format_map->{example}; -$complex_format_map->{smalllisp} = $complex_format_map->{smallexample}; -$complex_format_map->{format} = $complex_format_map->{display}; -$complex_format_map->{smallformat} = $complex_format_map->{smalldisplay}; - -# -# texinfo definition shortcuts to real ones -# -%def_map = ( - # basic commands - 'deffn', 0, - 'defvr', 0, - 'deftypefn', 0, - 'deftypevr', 0, - 'defcv', 0, - 'defop', 0, - 'deftp', 0, - # basic x commands - 'deffnx', 0, - 'defvrx', 0, - 'deftypefnx', 0, - 'deftypevrx', 0, - 'defcvx', 0, - 'defopx', 0, - 'deftpx', 0, - # shortcuts - 'defun', 'deffn Function', - 'defmac', 'deffn Macro', - 'defspec', 'deffn {Special Form}', - 'defvar', 'defvr Variable', - 'defopt', 'defvr {User Option}', - 'deftypefun', 'deftypefn Function', - 'deftypevar', 'deftypevr Variable', - 'defivar', 'defcv {Instance Variable}', - 'deftypeivar', 'defcv {Instance Variable}', # NEW: FIXME - 'defmethod', 'defop Method', - 'deftypemethod', 'defop Method', # NEW:FIXME - # x shortcuts - 'defunx', 'deffnx Function', - 'defmacx', 'deffnx Macro', - 'defspecx', 'deffnx {Special Form}', - 'defvarx', 'defvrx Variable', - 'defoptx', 'defvrx {User Option}', - 'deftypefunx', 'deftypefnx Function', - 'deftypevarx', 'deftypevrx Variable', - 'defivarx', 'defcvx {Instance Variable}', - 'defmethodx', 'defopx Method', - ); - -# -# things to skip -# -%to_skip = ( - # comments - 'c', 1, - 'comment', 1, - 'ifnotinfo', 1, - 'ifnottex', 1, - 'ifhtml', 1, - 'end ifhtml', 1, - 'end ifnotinfo', 1, - 'end ifnottex', 1, - # useless - 'detailmenu', 1, - 'direntry', 1, - 'contents', 1, - 'shortcontents', 1, - 'summarycontents', 1, - 'footnotestyle', 1, - 'end ifclear', 1, - 'end ifset', 1, - 'titlepage', 1, - 'end titlepage', 1, - # unsupported commands (formatting) - 'afourpaper', 1, - 'cropmarks', 1, - 'finalout', 1, - 'headings', 1, - 'sp', 1, - 'need', 1, - 'page', 1, - 'setchapternewpage', 1, - 'everyheading', 1, - 'everyfooting', 1, - 'evenheading', 1, - 'evenfooting', 1, - 'oddheading', 1, - 'oddfooting', 1, - 'smallbook', 1, - 'vskip', 1, - 'filbreak', 1, - 'paragraphindent', 1, - # unsupported formats - 'cartouche', 1, - 'end cartouche', 1, - 'group', 1, - 'end group', 1, - ); - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Argument parsing, initialisation # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -# -# flush stdout and stderr after every write -# -select(STDERR); -$| = 1; -select(STDOUT); -$| = 1; - - -%value = (); # hold texinfo variables, see also -D -$use_bibliography = 1; -$use_acc = 1; - -# -# called on -init-file -sub LoadInitFile -{ - my $init_file = shift; - # second argument is value of options - $init_file = shift; - if (-f $init_file) - { - print "# reading initialization file from $init_file\n" - if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - require($init_file); - } - else - { - print "$ERROR Error: can't read init file $int_file\n"; - $init_file = ''; - } -} - -# -# called on -lang -sub SetDocumentLanguage -{ - my $lang = shift; - if (! exists($T2H_WORDS->{$lang})) - { - warn "$ERROR: Language specs for '$lang' do not exists. Reverting to '" . - ($T2H_LANG ? T2H_LANG : "en") . "'\n"; - } - else - { - print "# using '$lang' as document language\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - $T2H_LANG = $lang; - } -} - -## -## obsolete cmd line options -## -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {'no-section_navigation'} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION = 0;}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use -nosec_nav', - noHelp => 2, -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {use_acc} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$use_acc, - verbose => 'obsolete', - noHelp => 2 -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {expandinfo} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_EXPAND = 'info';}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use "-expand info" instead', - noHelp => 2, -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {expandtex} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_EXPAND = 'tex';}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use "-expand tex" instead', - noHelp => 2, -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {monolithic} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_SPLIT = '';}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use "-split no" instead', - noHelp => 2 -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {split_node} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub{$main::T2H_SPLIT = 'section';}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use "-split section" instead', - noHelp => 2, -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {split_chapter} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub{$main::T2H_SPLIT = 'chapter';}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use "-split chapter" instead', - noHelp => 2, -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {no_verbose} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_VERBOSE = 0;}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use -noverbose instead', - noHelp => 2, -}; -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {output_file} = -{ - type => '=s', - linkage => sub {$main::T2H_OUT = @_[1]; $T2H_SPLIT = '';}, - verbose => 'obsolete, use -out_file instead', - noHelp => 2 -}; - -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {section_navigation} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION, - verbose => 'obsolete, use -sec_nav instead', - noHelp => 2, -}; - -$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {verbose} = -{ - type => '!', - linkage => \$T2H_VERBOSE, - verbose => 'obsolete, use -Verbose instead', - noHelp => 2 -}; - -# read initialzation from $sysconfdir/texi2htmlrc or $HOME/.texi2htmlrc -my $home = $ENV{HOME}; -defined($home) or $home = ''; -foreach $i ('/usr/local/etc/texi2htmlrc', "$home/.texi2htmlrc") { - if (-f $i) { - print "# reading initialization file from $i\n" - if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - require($i); - } -} - - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# parse command-line options -# # -#---############################################################################ -$T2H_USAGE_TEXT = <getOptions($T2H_OPTIONS, $T2H_USAGE_TEXT, "$THISVERSION\n")) -{ - print $Configure_failed if $Configure_failed; - die $T2H_FAILURE_TEXT; -} - -if (@ARGV > 1) -{ - eval {Getopt::Long::Configure("no_pass_through");}; - if (! $options->getOptions($T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS, $T2H_USAGE_TEXT, "$THISVERSION\n")) - { - print $Configure_failed if $Configure_failed; - die $T2H_FAILURE_TEXT; - } -} - -if ($T2H_CHECK) { - die "Need file to check\n$T2H_FAILURE_TEXT" unless @ARGV > 0; - ✓ - exit; -} - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# evaluation of cmd line options -# # -#---############################################################################ - -if ($T2H_EXPAND eq 'info') -{ - $to_skip{'ifinfo'} = 1; - $to_skip{'end ifinfo'} = 1; -} -elsif ($T2H_EXPAND eq 'tex') -{ - $to_skip{'iftex'} = 1; - $to_skip{'end iftex'} = 1; - -} - -$T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK = '' if $T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK eq 'xbm'; - -# -# file name buisness -# -die "Need exactly one file to translate\n$T2H_FAILURE_TEXT" unless @ARGV == 1; -$docu = shift(@ARGV); -if ($docu =~ /.*\//) { - chop($docu_dir = $&); - $docu_name = $'; -} else { - $docu_dir = '.'; - $docu_name = $docu; -} -unshift(@T2H_INCLUDE_DIRS, $docu_dir); -$docu_name =~ s/\.te?x(i|info)?$//; # basename of the document -$docu_name = $T2H_PREFIX if ($T2H_PREFIX); - -# subdir -if ($T2H_SUBDIR && ! $T2H_OUT) -{ - $T2H_SUBDIR =~ s|/*$||; - unless (-d "$T2H_SUBDIR" && -w "$T2H_SUBDIR") - { - if ( mkdir($T2H_SUBDIR, oct(755))) - { - print "# created directory $T2H_SUBDIR\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - } - else - { - warn "$ERROR can't create directory $T2H_SUBDIR. Put results into current directory\n"; - $T2H_SUBDIR = ''; - } - } -} - -if ($T2H_SUBDIR && ! $T2H_OUT) -{ - $docu_rdir = "$T2H_SUBDIR/"; - print "# putting result files into directory $docu_rdir\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); -} -else -{ - if ($T2H_OUT && $T2H_OUT =~ m|(.*)/|) - { - $docu_rdir = "$1/"; - print "# putting result files into directory $docu_rdir\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - } - else - { - print "# putting result files into current directory \n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - $docu_rdir = ''; - } -} - -# extension -if ($T2H_SHORTEXTN) -{ - $docu_ext = "htm"; -} -else -{ - $docu_ext = "html"; -} -if ($T2H_TOP_FILE =~ /\..*$/) -{ - $T2H_TOP_FILE = $`.".$docu_ext"; -} - -# result files -if (! $T2H_OUT && ($T2H_SPLIT =~ /section/i || $T2H_SPLIT =~ /node/i)) -{ - $T2H_SPLIT = 'section'; -} -elsif (! $T2H_OUT && $T2H_SPLIT =~ /chapter/i) -{ - $T2H_SPLIT = 'chapter' -} -else -{ - undef $T2H_SPLIT; -} - -$docu_doc = "$docu_name.$docu_ext"; # document's contents -$docu_doc_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_doc"; -if ($T2H_SPLIT) -{ - $docu_toc = $T2H_TOC_FILE || "${docu_name}_toc.$docu_ext"; # document's table of contents - $docu_stoc = "${docu_name}_ovr.$docu_ext"; # document's short toc - $docu_foot = "${docu_name}_fot.$docu_ext"; # document's footnotes - $docu_about = "${docu_name}_abt.$docu_ext"; # about this document - $docu_top = $T2H_TOP_FILE || $docu_doc; -} -else -{ - if ($T2H_OUT) - { - $docu_doc = $T2H_OUT; - $docu_doc =~ s|.*/||; - } - $docu_toc = $docu_foot = $docu_stoc = $docu_about = $docu_top = $docu_doc; -} - -$docu_toc_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_toc"; -$docu_stoc_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_stoc"; -$docu_foot_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_foot"; -$docu_about_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_about"; -$docu_top_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_top"; - -$docu_frame_file = "$docu_rdir${docu_name}_frame.$docu_ext"; -$docu_toc_frame_file = "$docu_rdir${docu_name}_toc_frame.$docu_ext"; - -# -# variables -# -$value{'html'} = 1; # predefine html (the output format) -$value{'texi2html'} = $THISVERSION; # predefine texi2html (the translator) -# _foo: internal to track @foo -foreach ('_author', '_title', '_subtitle', - '_settitle', '_setfilename', '_shorttitle') { - $value{$_} = ''; # prevent -w warnings -} -%node2sec = (); # node to section name -%sec2node = (); # section to node name -%sec2number = (); # section to number -%number2sec = (); # number to section -%idx2node = (); # index keys to node -%node2href = (); # node to HREF -%node2next = (); # node to next -%node2prev = (); # node to prev -%node2up = (); # node to up -%bib2href = (); # bibliography reference to HREF -%gloss2href = (); # glossary term to HREF -@sections = (); # list of sections -%tag2pro = (); # protected sections - -# -# initial indexes -# -$bib_num = 0; -$foot_num = 0; -$gloss_num = 0; -$idx_num = 0; -$sec_num = 0; -$doc_num = 0; -$html_num = 0; - -# -# can I use ISO8879 characters? (HTML+) -# -if ($T2H_USE_ISO) { - $things_map{'bullet'} = "•"; - $things_map{'copyright'} = "©"; - $things_map{'dots'} = "…"; - $things_map{'equiv'} = "≡"; - $things_map{'expansion'} = "→"; - $things_map{'point'} = "∗"; - $things_map{'result'} = "⇒"; -} - -# -# read texi2html extensions (if any) -# -$extensions = 'texi2html.ext'; # extensions in working directory -if (-f $extensions) { - print "# reading extensions from $extensions\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - require($extensions); -} -($progdir = $0) =~ s/[^\/]+$//; -if ($progdir && ($progdir ne './')) { - $extensions = "${progdir}texi2html.ext"; # extensions in texi2html directory - if (-f $extensions) { - print "# reading extensions from $extensions\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - require($extensions); - } -} - - -print "# reading from $docu\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -######################################################################### -# -# latex2html stuff -# -# latex2html conversions consist of three stages: -# 1) ToLatex: Put "latex" code into a latex file -# 2) ToHtml: Use latex2html to generate corresponding html code and images -# 3) FromHtml: Extract generated code and images from latex2html run -# - -########################## -# default settings -# - -# defaults for files and names - -sub l2h_Init -{ - local($root) = @_; - - return 0 unless ($root); - - $l2h_name = "${root}_l2h"; - - $l2h_latex_file = "$docu_rdir${l2h_name}.tex"; - $l2h_cache_file = "${docu_rdir}l2h_cache.pm"; - $T2H_L2H_L2H = "latex2html" unless ($T2H_L2H_L2H); - - # destination dir -- generated images are put there, should be the same - # as dir of enclosing html document -- - $l2h_html_file = "$docu_rdir${l2h_name}.html"; - $l2h_prefix = "${l2h_name}_"; - return 1; -} - - -########################## -# -# First stage: Generation of Latex file -# Initialize with: l2h_InitToLatex -# Add content with: l2h_ToLatex($text) --> HTML placeholder comment -# Finish with: l2h_FinishToLatex -# - -$l2h_latex_preample = <$l2h_latex_file")) - { - warn "$ERROR Error l2h: Can't open latex file '$latex_file' for writing\n"; - return 0; - } - print "# l2h: use ${l2h_latex_file} as latex file\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - print L2H_LATEX $l2h_latex_preample; - } - # open database for caching - l2h_InitCache(); - $l2h_latex_count = 0; - $l2h_to_latex_count = 0; - $l2h_cached_count = 0; - return 1; -} - -# print text (1st arg) into latex file (if not already there), return -# HTML commentary which can be later on replaced by the latex2html -# generated text -sub l2h_ToLatex -{ - my($text) = @_; - my($count); - - $l2h_to_latex_count++; - $text =~ s/(\s*)$//; - - # try whether we can cache it - my $cached_text = l2h_FromCache($text); - if ($cached_text) - { - $l2h_cached_count++; - return $cached_text; - } - - # try whether we have text already on things to do - unless ($count = $l2h_to_latex{$text}) - { - $count = $l2h_latex_count; - $l2h_latex_count++; - $l2h_to_latex{$text} = $count; - $l2h_to_latex[$count] = $text; - unless ($T2H_L2H_SKIP) - { - print L2H_LATEX "\\begin{rawhtml}\n"; - print L2H_LATEX "\n"; - print L2H_LATEX "\\end{rawhtml}\n"; - - print L2H_LATEX "$text\n"; - - print L2H_LATEX "\\begin{rawhtml}\n"; - print L2H_LATEX "\n"; - print L2H_LATEX "\\end{rawhtml}\n"; - } - } - return ""; -} - -# print closing into latex file and close it -sub l2h_FinishToLatex -{ - local ($reused); - - $reused = $l2h_to_latex_count - $l2h_latex_count - $l2h_cached_count; - unless ($T2H_L2H_SKIP) - { - print L2H_LATEX $l2h_latex_closing; - close(L2H_LATEX); - } - print "# l2h: finished to latex ($l2h_cached_count cached, $reused reused, $l2h_latex_count contents)\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - unless ($l2h_latex_count) - { - l2h_Finish(); - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -################################### -# Second stage: Use latex2html to generate corresponding html code and images -# -# l2h_ToHtml([$l2h_latex_file, [$l2h_html_dir]]): -# Call latex2html on $l2h_latex_file -# Put images (prefixed with $l2h_name."_") and html file(s) in $l2h_html_dir -# Return 1, on success -# 0, otherwise -# -sub l2h_ToHtml -{ - local($call, $ext, $root, $dotbug); - - if ($T2H_L2H_SKIP) - { - print "# l2h: skipping latex2html run\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - return 1; - } - - # Check for dot in directory where dvips will work - if ($T2H_L2H_TMP) - { - if ($T2H_L2H_TMP =~ /\./) - { - warn "$ERROR Warning l2h: l2h_tmp dir contains a dot. Use /tmp, instead\n"; - $dotbug = 1; - } - } - else - { - if (&getcwd =~ /\./) - { - warn "$ERROR Warning l2h: current dir contains a dot. Use /tmp as l2h_tmp dir \n"; - $dotbug = 1; - } - } - # fix it, if necessary and hope that it works - $T2H_L2H_TMP = "/tmp" if ($dotbug); - - $call = $T2H_L2H_L2H; - # use init file, if specified - $call = $call . " -init_file " . $init_file if ($init_file && -f $init_file); - # set output dir - $call .= ($docu_rdir ? " -dir $docu_rdir" : " -no_subdir"); - # use l2h_tmp, if specified - $call = $call . " -tmp $T2H_L2H_TMP" if ($T2H_L2H_TMP); - # options we want to be sure of - $call = $call ." -address 0 -info 0 -split 0 -no_navigation -no_auto_link"; - $call = $call ." -prefix ${l2h_prefix} $l2h_latex_file"; - - print "# l2h: executing '$call'\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - if (system($call)) - { - warn "l2h ***Error: '${call}' did not succeed\n"; - return 0; - } - else - { - print "# l2h: latex2html finished successfully\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - return 1; - } -} - -# this is directly pasted over from latex2html -sub getcwd { - local($_) = `pwd`; - - die "'pwd' failed (out of memory?)\n" - unless length; - chop; - $_; -} - - -########################## -# Third stage: Extract generated contents from latex2html run -# Initialize with: l2h_InitFromHtml -# open $l2h_html_file for reading -# reads in contents into array indexed by numbers -# return 1, on success -- 0, otherwise -# Extract Html code with: l2h_FromHtml($text) -# replaces in $text all previosuly inserted comments by generated html code -# returns (possibly changed) $text -# Finish with: l2h_FinishFromHtml -# closes $l2h_html_dir/$l2h_name.".$docu_ext" - -sub l2h_InitFromHtml -{ - local($h_line, $h_content, $count, %l2h_img); - - if (! open(L2H_HTML, "<${l2h_html_file}")) - { - print "$ERROR Error l2h: Can't open ${l2h_html_file} for reading\n"; - return 0; - } - print "# l2h: use ${l2h_html_file} as html file\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - - $l2h_html_count = 0; - - while ($h_line = ) - { - if ($h_line =~ /^/) - { - $count = $1; - $h_content = ""; - while ($h_line = ) - { - if ($h_line =~ /^/) - { - chomp $h_content; - chomp $h_content; - $l2h_html_count++; - $h_content = l2h_ToCache($count, $h_content); - $l2h_from_html[$count] = $h_content; - $h_content = ''; - last; - } - $h_content = $h_content.$h_line; - } - if ($hcontent) - { - print "$ERROR Warning l2h: l2h_end $l2h_name $count not found\n" - if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - close(L2H_HTML); - return 0; - } - } - } - print "# l2h: Got $l2h_html_count of $l2h_latex_count html contents\n" - if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - - close(L2H_HTML); - return 1; -} - -sub l2h_FromHtml -{ - local($text) = @_; - local($done, $to_do, $count); - - $to_do = $text; - - while ($to_do =~ /([^\000]*)([^\000]*)/) - { - $to_do = $1; - $count = $2; - $done = $3.$done; - - $done = "".$done - if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H); - - $done = &l2h_ExtractFromHtml($count) . $done; - - $done = "".$done - if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H); - } - return $to_do.$done; -} - - -sub l2h_ExtractFromHtml -{ - local($count) = @_; - - return $l2h_from_html[$count] if ($l2h_from_html[$count]); - - if ($count >= 0 && $count < $l2h_latex_count) - { - # now we are in trouble - local($l_l2h, $_); - - $l2h_extract_error++; - print "$ERROR l2h: can't extract content $count from html\n" - if ($T2H_VERBOSE); - # try simple (ordinary) substition (without l2h) - $l_l2h = $T2H_L2H; - $T2H_L2H = 0; - $_ = $l2h_to_latex{$count}; - $_ = &substitute_style($_); - &unprotect_texi; - $_ = "" . $_ - if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H); - $T2H_L2H = $l_l2h; - return $_; - } - else - { - # now we have been incorrectly called - $l2h_range_error++; - print "$ERROR l2h: Request of $count content which is out of valide range [0,$l2h_latex_count)\n"; - return "" - if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H); - return ""; - } -} - -sub l2h_FinishFromHtml -{ - if ($T2H_VERBOSE) - { - if ($l2h_extract_error + $l2h_range_error) - { - print "# l2h: finished from html ($l2h_extract_error extract and $l2h_range_error errors)\n"; - } - else - { - print "# l2h: finished from html (no errors)\n"; - } - } -} - -sub l2h_Finish -{ - l2h_StoreCache(); - if ($T2H_L2H_CLEAN) - { - print "# l2h: removing temporary files generated by l2h extension\n" - if $T2H_VERBOSE; - while (<"$docu_rdir$l2h_name"*>) - { - unlink $_; - } - } - print "# l2h: Finished\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - return 1; -} - -############################## -# stuff for l2h caching -# - -# I tried doing this with a dbm data base, but it did not store all -# keys/values. Hence, I did as latex2html does it -sub l2h_InitCache -{ - if (-r "$l2h_cache_file") - { - my $rdo = do "$l2h_cache_file"; - warn("$ERROR l2h Error: could not load $docu_rdir$l2h_cache_file: $@\n") - unless ($rdo); - } -} - -sub l2h_StoreCache -{ - return unless $l2h_latex_count; - - my ($key, $value); - open(FH, ">$l2h_cache_file") || return warn"$ERROR l2h Error: could not open $docu_rdir$l2h_cache_file for writing: $!\n"; - - - while (($key, $value) = each %l2h_cache) - { - # escape stuff - $key =~ s|/|\\/|g; - $key =~ s|\\\\/|\\/|g; - # weird, a \ at the end of the key results in an error - # maybe this also broke the dbm database stuff - $key =~ s|\\$|\\\\|; - $value =~ s/\|/\\\|/g; - $value =~ s/\\\\\|/\\\|/g; - $value =~ s|\\\\|\\\\\\\\|g; - print FH "\n\$l2h_cache_key = q/$key/;\n"; - print FH "\$l2h_cache{\$l2h_cache_key} = q|$value|;\n"; - } - print FH "1;"; - close(FH); -} - -# return cached html, if it exists for text, and if all pictures -# are there, as well -sub l2h_FromCache -{ - my $text = shift; - my $cached = $l2h_cache{$text}; - if ($cached) - { - while ($cached =~ m/SRC="(.*?)"/g) - { - unless (-e "$docu_rdir$1") - { - return undef; - } - } - return $cached; - } - return undef; -} - -# insert generated html into cache, move away images, -# return transformed html -$maximage = 1; -sub l2h_ToCache -{ - my $count = shift; - my $content = shift; - my @images = ($content =~ /SRC="(.*?)"/g); - my ($src, $dest); - - for $src (@images) - { - $dest = $l2h_img{$src}; - unless ($dest) - { - my $ext; - if ($src =~ /.*\.(.*)$/ && $1 ne $docu_ext) - { - $ext = $1; - } - else - { - warn "$ERROR: L2h image $src has invalid extension\n"; - next; - } - while (-e "$docu_rdir${docu_name}_$maximage.$ext") { $maximage++;} - $dest = "${docu_name}_$maximage.$ext"; - system("cp -f $docu_rdir$src $docu_rdir$dest"); - $l2h_img{$src} = $dest; - unlink "$docu_rdir$src" unless ($DEBUG & DEBUG_L2H); - } - $content =~ s/$src/$dest/g; - } - $l2h_cache{$l2h_to_latex[$count]} = $content; - return $content; -} - - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Pass 1: read source, handle command, variable, simple substitution # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -@lines = (); # whole document -@toc_lines = (); # table of contents -@stoc_lines = (); # table of contents -$curlevel = 0; # current level in TOC -$node = ''; # current node name -$node_next = ''; # current node next name -$node_prev = ''; # current node prev name -$node_up = ''; # current node up name -$in_table = 0; # am I inside a table -$table_type = ''; # type of table ('', 'f', 'v', 'multi') -@tables = (); # nested table support -$in_bibliography = 0; # am I inside a bibliography -$in_glossary = 0; # am I inside a glossary -$in_top = 0; # am I inside the top node -$has_top = 0; # did I see a top node? -$has_top_command = 0; # did I see @top for automatic pointers? -$in_pre = 0; # am I inside a preformatted section -$in_list = 0; # am I inside a list -$in_html = 0; # am I inside an HTML section -$first_line = 1; # is it the first line -$dont_html = 0; # don't protect HTML on this line -$deferred_ref = ''; # deferred reference for indexes -@html_stack = (); # HTML elements stack -$html_element = ''; # current HTML element -&html_reset; -%macros = (); # macros - -# init l2h -$T2H_L2H = &l2h_Init($docu_name) if ($T2H_L2H); -$T2H_L2H = &l2h_InitToLatex if ($T2H_L2H); - -# build code for simple substitutions -# the maps used (%simple_map and %things_map) MUST be aware of this -# watch out for regexps, / and escaped characters! -$subst_code = ''; -foreach (keys(%simple_map)) { - ($re = $_) =~ s/(\W)/\\$1/g; # protect regexp chars - $subst_code .= "s/\\\@$re/$simple_map{$_}/g;\n"; -} -foreach (keys(%things_map)) { - $subst_code .= "s/\\\@$_\\{\\}/$things_map{$_}/g;\n"; -} -if ($use_acc) { - # accentuated characters - foreach (keys(%accent_map)) { - if ($_ eq "`") { - $subst_code .= "s/$;3"; - } elsif ($_ eq "'") { - $subst_code .= "s/$;4"; - } else { - $subst_code .= "s/\\\@\\$_"; - } - $subst_code .= "([a-z])/&\${1}$accent_map{$_};/gi;\n"; - } -} -eval("sub simple_substitutions { $subst_code }"); - -&init_input; -INPUT_LINE: while ($_ = &next_line) { - # - # remove \input on the first lines only - # - if ($first_line) { - next if /^\\input/; - $first_line = 0; - } - # non-@ substitutions cf. texinfmt.el - # - # parse texinfo tags - # - $tag = ''; - $end_tag = ''; - if (/^\s*\@end\s+(\w+)\b/) { - $end_tag = $1; - } elsif (/^\s*\@(\w+)\b/) { - $tag = $1; - } - # - # handle @html / @end html - # - if ($in_html) { - if ($end_tag eq 'html') { - $in_html = 0; - } else { - $tag2pro{$in_html} .= $_; - } - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'html') { - $in_html = $PROTECTTAG . ++$html_num; - push(@lines, $in_html); - next; - } - - # - # try to remove inlined comments - # syntax from tex-mode.el comment-start-skip - # - s/((^|[^\@])(\@\@)*)\@c(omment | |\{|$).*/$1/; - -# Sometimes I use @c right at the end of a line ( to suppress the line feed ) -# s/((^|[^\@])(\@\@)*)\@c(omment)?$/$1/; -# s/((^|[^\@])(\@\@)*)\@c(omment)? .*/$1/; -# s/(.*)\@c{.*?}(.*)/$1$2/; -# s/(.*)\@comment{.*?}(.*)/$1$2/; -# s/^(.*)\@c /$1/; -# s/^(.*)\@comment /$1/; - - ############################################################# - # value substitution before macro expansion, so that - # it works in macro arguments - s/\@value{($VARRE)}/$value{$1}/eg; - - ############################################################# - # macro substitution - while (/\@(\w+)/g) - { - if (exists($macros->{$1})) - { - my $before = $`; - my $name = $1; - my $after = $'; - my @args; - my $args; - if ($after =~ /^\s*{(.*?[^\\])}(.*)/) - { - $args = $1; - $after = $2; - } - elsif (@{$macros->{$name}->{Args}} == 1) - { - $args = $after; - $args =~ s/^\s*//; - $args =~ s/\s*$//; - $after = ''; - } - $args =~ s|\\\\|\\|g; - $args =~ s|\\{|{|g; - $args =~ s|\\}|}|g; - if (@{$macros->{$name}->{Args}} > 1) - { - $args =~ s/(^|[^\\]),/$1$;/g ; - $args =~ s|\\,|,|g; - @args = split(/$;\s*/, $args) if (@{$macros->{$name}->{Args}} > 1); - } - else - { - $args =~ s|\\,|,|g; - @args = ($args); - } - my $macrobody = $macros->{$name}->{Body}; - for ($i=0; $i<=$#args; $i++) - { - $macrobody =~ s|\\$macros->{$name}->{Args}->[$i]\\|$args[$i]|g; - } - $macrobody =~ s|\\\\|\\|g; - $_ = $before . $macrobody . $after; - unshift @input_spool, map {$_ = $_."\n"} split(/\n/, $_); - next INPUT_LINE; - } - } # - - - # - # try to skip the line - # - if ($end_tag) { - $in_titlepage = 0 if $end_tag eq 'titlepage'; - next if $to_skip{"end $end_tag"}; - } elsif ($tag) { - $in_titlepage = 1 if $tag eq 'titlepage'; - next if $to_skip{$tag}; - last if $tag eq 'bye'; - } - if ($in_top) { - # parsing the top node - if ($tag eq 'node' || - ($sec2level{$tag} && $tag !~ /unnumbered/ && $tag !~ /heading/)) - { - # no more in top - $in_top = 0; - push(@lines, $TOPEND); - } - } - unless ($in_pre) { - s/``/\"/g; - s/''/\"/g; - s/([\w ])---([\w ])/$1--$2/g; - } - # - # analyze the tag - # - if ($tag) { - # skip lines - &skip_until($tag), next if $tag eq 'ignore'; - &skip_until($tag), next if $tag eq 'ifnothtml'; - if ($tag eq 'ifinfo') - { - &skip_until($tag), next unless $T2H_EXPAND eq 'info'; - } - if ($tag eq 'iftex') - { - &skip_until($tag), next unless $T2H_EXPAND eq 'tex'; - } - if ($tag eq 'tex') - { - # add to latex2html file - if ($T2H_EXPAND eq 'tex' && $T2H_L2H && ! $in_pre) - { - # add space to the end -- tex(i2dvi) does this, as well - push(@lines, &l2h_ToLatex(&string_until($tag) . " ")); - } - else - { - &skip_until($tag); - } - next; - } - if ($tag eq 'titlepage') - { - next; - } - # handle special tables - if ($tag =~ /^(|f|v|multi)table$/) { - $table_type = $1; - $tag = 'table'; - } - # special cases - if ($tag eq 'top' || ($tag eq 'node' && /^\@node\s+top\s*,/i)) { - $in_top = 1; - $has_top = 1; - $has_top_command = 1 if $tag eq 'top'; - @lines = (); # ignore all lines before top (title page garbage) - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'node') { - if ($in_top) - { - $in_top = 0; - push(@lines, $TOPEND); - } - warn "$ERROR Bad node line: $_" unless $_ =~ /^\@node\s$NODESRE$/o; - # request of "Richard Y. Kim" - s/^\@node\s+//; - $_ = &protect_html($_); # if node contains '&' for instance - ($node, $node_next, $node_prev, $node_up) = split(/,/); - &normalise_node($node); - &normalise_node($node_next); - &normalise_node($node_prev); - &normalise_node($node_up); - $node =~ /\"/ ? - push @lines, &html_debug("\n", __LINE__) : - push @lines, &html_debug("\n", __LINE__); - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'include') { - if (/^\@include\s+($FILERE)\s*$/o) { - $file = LocateIncludeFile($1); - if ($file && -e $file) { - &open($file); - print "# including $file\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - } else { - warn "$ERROR Can't find $1, skipping"; - } - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad include line: $_"; - } - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'ifclear') { - if (/^\@ifclear\s+($VARRE)\s*$/o) { - next unless defined($value{$1}); - &skip_until($tag); - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad ifclear line: $_"; - } - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'ifset') { - if (/^\@ifset\s+($VARRE)\s*$/o) { - next if defined($value{$1}); - &skip_until($tag); - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad ifset line: $_"; - } - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'menu') { - unless ($T2H_SHOW_MENU) { - &skip_until($tag); - next; - } - &html_push_if($tag); - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - } elsif ($format_map{$tag}) { - $in_pre = 1 if $format_map{$tag} eq 'PRE'; - &html_push_if($format_map{$tag}); - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - $in_list++ if $format_map{$tag} eq 'UL' || $format_map{$tag} eq 'OL' ; -# push(@lines, &debug("
\n", __LINE__)) -# if $tag =~ /example/i; - # sunshine@sunshineco.com:
bla
looks better than - #
\nbla
(at least on NeXTstep browser - push(@lines, &debug("<$format_map{$tag}>" . - ($in_pre ? '' : "\n"), __LINE__)); - next; - } - elsif (exists $complex_format_map->{$tag}) - { - my $start = eval $complex_format_map->{$tag}->[0]; - if ($@) - { - print "$ERROR: eval of complex_format_map->{$tag}->[0] $complex_format_map->{$tag}->[0]: $@"; - $start = '
'








    -	  }








    -	  $in_pre = 1 if $start =~ /
\n", __LINE__));








    -		    &html_push_if('TABLE');








    -		} else {








    -		    push(@lines, &debug("
\n", __LINE__)); - &html_push_if('DL'); - } - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad table line: $_"; - } - next; - } - elsif ($tag eq 'synindex' || $tag eq 'syncodeindex') - { - if (/^\@$tag\s+(\w+)\s+(\w+)\s*$/) - { - my $from = $1; - my $to = $2; - my $prefix_from = IndexName2Prefix($from); - my $prefix_to = IndexName2Prefix($to); - - warn("$ERROR unknown from index name $from ind syn*index line: $_"), next - unless $prefix_from; - warn("$ERROR unknown to index name $to ind syn*index line: $_"), next - unless $prefix_to; - - if ($tag eq 'syncodeindex') - { - $index_properties->{$prefix_to}->{'from_code'}->{$prefix_from} = 1; - } - else - { - $index_properties->{$prefix_to}->{'from'}->{$prefix_from} = 1; - } - } - else - { - warn "$ERROR Bad syn*index line: $_"; - } - next; - } - elsif ($tag eq 'defindex' || $tag eq 'defcodeindex') - { - if (/^\@$tag\s+(\w+)\s*$/) - { - my $name = $1; - $index_properties->{$name}->{name} = $name; - $index_properties->{$name}->{code} = 1 if $tag eq 'defcodeindex'; - } - else - { - warn "$ERROR Bad defindex line: $_"; - } - next; - } - elsif (/^\@printindex/) - { - push (@lines, "$_"); - next; - } - elsif ($tag eq 'sp') { - push(@lines, &debug("

\n", __LINE__)); - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'center') { - push(@lines, &debug("

\n", __LINE__)); - s/\@center//; - } elsif ($tag eq 'setref') { - &protect_html; # if setref contains '&' for instance - if (/^\@$tag\s*{($NODERE)}\s*$/) { - $setref = $1; - $setref =~ s/\s+/ /g; # normalize - $setref =~ s/ $//; - $node2sec{$setref} = $name; - $sec2node{$name} = $setref; - $node2href{$setref} = "$docu_doc#$docid"; - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad setref line: $_"; - } - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'lowersections') { - local ($sec, $level); - while (($sec, $level) = each %sec2level) { - $sec2level{$sec} = $level + 1; - } - next; - } elsif ($tag eq 'raisesections') { - local ($sec, $level); - while (($sec, $level) = each %sec2level) { - $sec2level{$sec} = $level - 1; - } - next; - } - elsif ($tag eq 'macro' || $tag eq 'rmacro') - { - if (/^\@$tag\s*(\w+)\s*(.*)/) - { - my $name = $1; - my @args; - @args = split(/\s*,\s*/ , $1) - if ($2 =~ /^\s*{(.*)}\s*/); - - $macros->{$name}->{Args} = \@args; - $macros->{$name}->{Body} = ''; - while (($_ = &next_line) && $_ !~ /\@end $tag/) - { - $macros->{$name}->{Body} .= $_; - } - die "ERROR: No closing '\@end $tag' found for macro definition of '$name'\n" - unless (/\@end $tag/); - chomp $macros->{$name}->{Body}; - } - else - { - warn "$ERROR: Bad macro defintion $_" - } - next; - } - elsif ($tag eq 'unmacro') - { - delete $macros->{$1} if (/^\@unmacro\s*(\w+)/); - next; - } - elsif ($tag eq 'documentlanguage') - { - SetDocumentLanguage($1) if (!$T2H_LANG && /documentlanguage\s*(\w+)/); - } - elsif (defined($def_map{$tag})) { - if ($def_map{$tag}) { - s/^\@$tag\s+//; - $tag = $def_map{$tag}; - $_ = "\@$tag $_"; - $tag =~ s/\s.*//; - } - } elsif (defined($user_sub{$tag})) { - s/^\@$tag\s+//; - $sub = $user_sub{$tag}; - print "# user $tag = $sub, arg: $_" if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_USER; - if (defined(&$sub)) { - chop($_); - &$sub($_); - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad user sub for $tag: $sub\n"; - } - next; - } - if (defined($def_map{$tag})) { - s/^\@$tag\s+//; - if ($tag =~ /x$/) { - # extra definition line - $tag = $`; - $is_extra = 1; - } else { - $is_extra = 0; - } - while (/\{([^\{\}]*)\}/) { - # this is a {} construct - ($before, $contents, $after) = ($`, $1, $'); - # protect spaces - $contents =~ s/\s+/$;9/g; - # restore $_ protecting {} - $_ = "$before$;7$contents$;8$after"; - } - @args = split(/\s+/, &protect_html($_)); - foreach (@args) { - s/$;9/ /g; # unprotect spaces - s/$;7/\{/g; # ... { - s/$;8/\}/g; # ... } - } - $type = shift(@args); - $type =~ s/^\{(.*)\}$/$1/; - print "# def ($tag): {$type} ", join(', ', @args), "\n" - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_DEF; - $type .= ':'; # it's nicer like this - my $name = shift(@args); - $name =~ s/^\{(.*)\}$/$1/; - if ($is_extra) { - $_ = &debug("
", __LINE__); - } else { - $_ = &debug("
\n
", __LINE__); - } - if ($tag eq 'deffn' || $tag eq 'defvr' || $tag eq 'deftp') { - $_ .= "$type $name"; - $_ .= " @args" if @args; - } elsif ($tag eq 'deftypefn' || $tag eq 'deftypevr' - || $tag eq 'defcv' || $tag eq 'defop') { - $ftype = $name; - $name = shift(@args); - $name =~ s/^\{(.*)\}$/$1/; - $_ .= "$type $ftype $name"; - $_ .= " @args" if @args; - } else { - warn "$ERROR Unknown definition type: $tag\n"; - $_ .= "$type $name"; - $_ .= " @args" if @args; - } - $_ .= &debug("\n
", __LINE__); - $name = &unprotect_html($name); - if ($tag eq 'deffn' || $tag eq 'deftypefn') { - EnterIndexEntry('f', $name, $docu_doc, $section, \@lines); -# unshift(@input_spool, "\@findex $name\n"); - } elsif ($tag eq 'defop') { - EnterIndexEntry('f', "$name on $ftype", $docu_doc, $section, \@lines); -# unshift(@input_spool, "\@findex $name on $ftype\n"); - } elsif ($tag eq 'defvr' || $tag eq 'deftypevr' || $tag eq 'defcv') { - EnterIndexEntry('v', $name, $docu_doc, $section, \@lines); -# unshift(@input_spool, "\@vindex $name\n"); - } else { - EnterIndexEntry('t', $name, $docu_doc, $section, \@lines); -# unshift(@input_spool, "\@tindex $name\n"); - } - $dont_html = 1; - } - } elsif ($end_tag) { - if ($format_map{$end_tag}) { - $in_pre = 0 if $format_map{$end_tag} eq 'PRE'; - $in_list-- if $format_map{$end_tag} eq 'UL' || $format_map{$end_tag} eq 'OL' ; - &html_pop_if('P'); - &html_pop_if('LI'); - &html_pop_if(); - push(@lines, &debug("\n", __LINE__)); - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - } - elsif (exists $complex_format_map->{$end_tag}) - { - my $end = eval $complex_format_map->{$end_tag}->[1]; - if ($@) - { - print "$ERROR: eval of complex_format_map->{$end_tag}->[1] $complex_format_map->{$end_tag}->[0]: $@"; - $end = '
' - } - $in_pre = 0 if $end =~ m|
|; - push(@lines, html_debug($end, __LINE__)); - } elsif ($end_tag =~ /^(|f|v|multi)table$/) { - unless (@tables) { - warn "$ERROR \@end $end_tag without \@*table\n"; - next; - } - &html_pop_if('P'); - ($table_type, $in_table) = split($;, shift(@tables)); - unless ($1 eq $table_type) { - warn "$ERROR \@end $end_tag without matching \@$end_tag\n"; - next; - } - if ($table_type eq "multi") { - push(@lines, "
\n"); - &html_pop_if('TR'); - } else { - push(@lines, "\n"); - &html_pop_if('DD'); - } - &html_pop_if(); - if (@tables) { - ($table_type, $in_table) = split($;, $tables[0]); - } else { - $in_table = 0; - } - } elsif (defined($def_map{$end_tag})) { - push(@lines, &debug("\n", __LINE__)); - } elsif ($end_tag eq 'menu') { - &html_pop_if(); - push(@lines, $_); # must keep it for pass 2 - } - next; - } - ############################################################# - # anchor insertion - while (/\@anchor\s*\{(.*?)\}/) - { - $_ = $`.$'; - my $anchor = $1; - $anchor = &normalise_node($anchor); - push @lines, &html_debug("\n"); - $node2href{$anchor} = "$docu_doc#$anchor"; - next INPUT_LINE if $_ =~ /^\s*$/; - } - - ############################################################# - # index entry generation, after value substitutions - if (/^\@(\w+?)index\s+/) - { - EnterIndexEntry($1, $', $docu_doc, $section, \@lines); - next; - } - # - # protect texi and HTML things - &protect_texi; - $_ = &protect_html($_) unless $dont_html; - $dont_html = 0; - # substitution (unsupported things) - s/^\@exdent\s+//g; - s/\@noindent\s+//g; - s/\@refill\s+//g; - # other substitutions - &simple_substitutions; - s/\@footnote\{/\@footnote$docu_doc\{/g; # mark footnotes, cf. pass 4 - # - # analyze the tag again - # - if ($tag) { - if (defined($sec2level{$tag}) && $sec2level{$tag} > 0) { - if (/^\@$tag\s+(.+)$/) { - $name = $1; - $name = &normalise_node($name); - $level = $sec2level{$tag}; - # check for index - $first_index_chapter = $name - if ($level == 1 && !$first_index_chapter && - $name =~ /index/i); - if ($in_top && /heading/){ - $T2H_HAS_TOP_HEADING = 1; - $_ = &debug("$name\n", __LINE__); - &html_push_if('body'); - print "# top heading, section $name, level $level\n" - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_TOC; - } - else - { - unless (/^\@\w*heading/) - { - unless (/^\@unnumbered/) - { - my $number = &update_sec_num($tag, $level); - $name = $number. ' ' . $name if $T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS; - $sec2number{$name} = $number; - $number2sec{$number} = $name; - } - if (defined($toplevel)) - { - push @lines, ($level==$toplevel ? $CHAPTEREND : $SECTIONEND); - } - else - { - # first time we see a "section" - unless ($level == 1) - { - warn "$WARN The first section found is not of level 1: $_"; - } - $toplevel = $level; - } - push(@sections, $name); - next_doc() if ($T2H_SPLIT eq 'section' || - $T2H_SPLIT && $level == $toplevel); - } - $sec_num++; - $docid = "SEC$sec_num"; - $tocid = (/^\@\w*heading/ ? undef : "TOC$sec_num"); - # check biblio and glossary - $in_bibliography = ($name =~ /^([A-Z]|\d+)?(\.\d+)*\s*bibliography$/i); - $in_glossary = ($name =~ /^([A-Z]|\d+)?(\.\d+)*\s*glossary$/i); - # check node - if ($node) - { - warn "$ERROR Duplicate node found: $node\n" - if ($node2sec{$node}); - } - else - { - $name .= ' ' while ($node2sec{$name}); - $node = $name; - } - $name .= ' ' while ($sec2node{$name}); - $section = $name; - $node2sec{$node} = $name; - $sec2node{$name} = $node; - $node2href{$node} = "$docu_doc#$docid"; - $node2next{$node} = $node_next; - $node2prev{$node} = $node_prev; - $node2up{$node} = $node_up; - print "# node $node, section $name, level $level\n" - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_TOC; - - $node = ''; - $node_next = ''; - $node_prev = ''; - $node_next = ''; - if ($tocid) - { - # update TOC - while ($level > $curlevel) { - $curlevel++; - push(@toc_lines, "
    \n"); - } - while ($level < $curlevel) { - $curlevel--; - push(@toc_lines, "
\n"); - } - $_ = &t2h_anchor($tocid, "$docu_doc#$docid", $name, 1); - $_ = &substitute_style($_); - push(@stoc_lines, "$_
\n") if ($level == 1); - if ($T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS) - { - push(@toc_lines, $_ . "
\n") - } - else - { - push(@toc_lines, "
  • " . $_ ."
  • "); - } - } - else - { - push(@lines, &html_debug("\n", - __LINE__)); - } - # update DOC - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - &html_reset; - $_ = " $name \n\n"; - $_ = &debug($_, __LINE__); - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - } - # update DOC - foreach $line (split(/\n+/, $_)) { - push(@lines, "$line\n"); - } - next; - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad section line: $_"; - } - } else { - # track variables - $value{$1} = Unprotect_texi($2), next if /^\@set\s+($VARRE)\s+(.*)$/o; - delete $value{$1}, next if /^\@clear\s+($VARRE)\s*$/o; - # store things - $value{'_shorttitle'} = Unprotect_texi($1), next if /^\@shorttitle\s+(.*)$/; - $value{'_setfilename'} = Unprotect_texi($1), next if /^\@setfilename\s+(.*)$/; - $value{'_settitle'} = Unprotect_texi($1), next if /^\@settitle\s+(.*)$/; - $value{'_author'} .= Unprotect_texi($1)."\n", next if /^\@author\s+(.*)$/; - $value{'_subtitle'} .= Unprotect_texi($1)."\n", next if /^\@subtitle\s+(.*)$/; - $value{'_title'} .= Unprotect_texi($1)."\n", next if /^\@title\s+(.*)$/; - - # list item - if (/^\s*\@itemx?\s+/) { - $what = $'; - $what =~ s/\s+$//; - if ($in_bibliography && $use_bibliography) { - if ($what =~ /^$BIBRE$/o) { - $id = 'BIB' . ++$bib_num; - $bib2href{$what} = "$docu_doc#$id"; - print "# found bibliography for '$what' id $id\n" - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_BIB; - $what = &t2h_anchor($id, '', $what); - } - } elsif ($in_glossary && $T2H_USE_GLOSSARY) { - $id = 'GLOSS' . ++$gloss_num; - $entry = $what; - $entry =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/ unless $entry =~ /^[A-Z\s]+$/; - $gloss2href{$entry} = "$docu_doc#$id"; - print "# found glossary for '$entry' id $id\n" - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_GLOSS; - $what = &t2h_anchor($id, '', $what); - } - elsif ($in_table && ($table_type eq 'f' || $table_type eq 'v')) - { - EnterIndexEntry($table_type, $what, $docu_doc, $section, \@lines); - } - &html_pop_if('P'); - if ($html_element eq 'DL' || $html_element eq 'DD') { - if ($things_map{$in_table} && !$what) { - # special case to allow @table @bullet for instance - push(@lines, &debug("
    $things_map{$in_table}\n", __LINE__)); - } else { - push(@lines, &debug("
    \@$in_table\{$what\}\n", __LINE__)); - } - push(@lines, "
    "); - &html_push('DD') unless $html_element eq 'DD'; - if ($table_type) { # add also an index - unshift(@input_spool, "\@${table_type}index $what\n"); - } - } elsif ($html_element eq 'TABLE') { - push(@lines, &debug("$what\n", __LINE__)); - &html_push('TR'); - } elsif ($html_element eq 'TR') { - push(@lines, &debug("\n", __LINE__)); - push(@lines, &debug("$what\n", __LINE__)); - } else { - push(@lines, &debug("
  • $what\n", __LINE__)); - &html_push('LI') unless $html_element eq 'LI'; - } - push(@lines, &html_debug('', __LINE__)); - if ($deferred_ref) { - push(@lines, &debug("$deferred_ref\n", __LINE__)); - $deferred_ref = ''; - } - next; - } elsif (/^\@tab\s+(.*)$/) { - push(@lines, "$1\n"); - next; - } - } - } - # paragraph separator - if ($_ eq "\n" && ! $in_pre) { - next if $#lines >= 0 && $lines[$#lines] eq "\n"; - if ($html_element eq 'P') { - push (@lines, &debug("

    \n", __LINE__)); - } -# else -# { -# push(@lines, "

    \n"); -# $_ = &debug("

    \n", __LINE__); -# } - elsif ($html_element eq 'body' || $html_element eq 'BLOCKQUOTE' || $html_element eq 'DD' || $html_element eq 'LI') - { - &html_push('P'); - push(@lines, &debug("

    \n", __LINE__)); - } - } - # otherwise - push(@lines, $_) unless $in_titlepage; - push(@lines, &debug("

  • \n", __LINE__)) if ($tag eq 'center'); -} - -# finish TOC -$level = 0; -while ($level < $curlevel) { - $curlevel--; - push(@toc_lines, "\n"); -} - -print "# end of pass 1\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -SetDocumentLanguage('en') unless ($T2H_LANG); -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Stuff related to Index generation # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -sub EnterIndexEntry -{ - my $prefix = shift; - my $key = shift; - my $docu_doc = shift; - my $section = shift; - my $lines = shift; - local $_; - - warn "$ERROR Undefined index command: $_", next - unless (exists ($index_properties->{$prefix})); - $key =~ s/\s+$//; - $_ = $key; - &protect_texi; - $key = $_; - $_ = &protect_html($_); - my $html_key = substitute_style($_); - my $id; - $key = remove_style($key); - $key = remove_things($key); - $_ = $key; - &unprotect_texi; - $key = $_; - while (exists $index->{$prefix}->{$key}) {$key .= ' '}; - if ($lines->[$#lines] =~ /^$/) - { - $id = $1; - } - else - { - $id = 'IDX' . ++$idx_num; - push(@$lines, &t2h_anchor($id, '', $T2H_INVISIBLE_MARK, !$in_pre)); - } - $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{html_key} = $html_key; - $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{section} = $section; - $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{href} = "$docu_doc#$id"; - print "# found ${prefix}index for '$key' with id $id\n" - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX; -} - -sub IndexName2Prefix -{ - my $name = shift; - my $prefix; - - for $prefix (keys %$index_properties) - { - return $prefix if ($index_properties->{$prefix}->{name} eq $name); - } - return undef; -} - -sub GetIndexEntries -{ - my $normal = shift; - my $code = shift; - my ($entries, $prefix, $key) = ({}); - - for $prefix (keys %$normal) - { - for $key (keys %{$index->{$prefix}}) - { - $entries->{$key} = {%{$index->{$prefix}->{$key}}}; - } - } - - if (defined($code)) - { - for $prefix (keys %$code) - { - unless (exists $normal->{$keys}) - { - for $key (keys %{$index->{$prefix}}) - { - $entries->{$key} = {%{$index->{$prefix}->{$key}}}; - $entries->{$key}->{html_key} = "$entries->{$key}->{html_key}"; - } - } - } - } - return $entries; -} - -sub byAlpha -{ - if ($a =~ /^[A-Za-z]/) - { - if ($b =~ /^[A-Za-z]/) - { - return lc($a) cmp lc($b); - } - else - { - return 1; - } - } - elsif ($b =~ /^[A-Za-z]/) - { - return -1; - } - else - { - return lc($a) cmp lc($b); - } -} - -sub GetIndexPages -{ - my $entries = shift; - my (@Letters, $key); - my ($EntriesByLetter, $Pages, $page) = ({}, [], {}); - my @keys = sort byAlpha keys %$entries; - - for $key (@keys) - { - push @{$EntriesByLetter->{uc(substr($key,0, 1))}} , $entries->{$key}; - } - @Letters = sort byAlpha keys %$EntriesByLetter; - - $T2H_SPLIT_INDEX = 0 unless ($T2H_SPLIT); - - unless ($T2H_SPLIT_INDEX) - { - $page->{First} = $Letters[0]; - $page->{Last} = $Letters[$#Letters]; - $page->{Letters} = \@Letters; - $page->{EntriesByLetter} = $EntriesByLetter; - push @$Pages, $page; - return $Pages; - } - - if ($T2H_SPLIT_INDEX =~ /^\d+$/) - { - my $i = 0; - my ($prev_letter, $letter); - $page->{First} = $Letters[0]; - for $letter (@Letters) - { - if ($i > $T2H_SPLIT_INDEX) - { - $page->{Last} = $prev_letter; - push @$Pages, {%$page}; - $page->{Letters} = []; - $page->{EntriesByLetter} = {}; - $page->{First} = $letter; - $i=0; - } - push @{$page->{Letters}}, $letter; - $page->{EntriesByLetter}->{$letter} = [@{$EntriesByLetter->{$letter}}]; - $i += scalar(@{$EntriesByLetter->{$letter}}); - $prev_letter = $letter; - } - $page->{Last} = $Letters[$#Letters]; - push @$Pages, {%$page}; - } - return $Pages; -} - -sub GetIndexSummary -{ - my $first_page = shift; - my $Pages = shift; - my $name = shift; - my ($page, $letter, $summary, $i, $l1, $l2, $l); - - $i = 0; - $summary = '
    Jump to:   '; - - for $page ($first_page, @$Pages) - { - for $letter (@{$page->{Letters}}) - { - $l = t2h_anchor('', "$page->{href}#${name}_$letter", "$letter", - 0, 'style="text-decoration:none"') . "\n   \n"; - - if ($letter =~ /^[A-Za-z]/) - { - $l2 .= $l; - } - else - { - $l1 .= $l; - } - } - } - $summary .= $l1 . "
    \n" if ($l1); - $summary .= $l2 . '

    '; - return $summary; -} - -sub PrintIndexPage -{ - my $lines = shift; - my $summary = shift; - my $page = shift; - my $name = shift; - - push @$lines, $summary; - - push @$lines , <

    - - - -EOT - - for $letter (@{$page->{Letters}}) - { - push @$lines, "\n"; - for $entry (@{$page->{EntriesByLetter}->{$letter}}) - { - push @$lines, - "\n"; - } - push @$lines, "\n"; - } - push @$lines, "
    Index Entry Section

    $letter
    " . - t2h_anchor('', $entry->{href}, $entry->{html_key}) . - "" . - t2h_anchor('', sec_href($entry->{section}), clean_name($entry->{section})) . - "

    "; - push @$lines, $summary; -} - -sub PrintIndex -{ - my $lines = shift; - my $name = shift; - my $section = shift; - $section = 'Top' unless $section; - my $prefix = IndexName2Prefix($name); - - warn ("$ERROR printindex: bad index name: $name"), return - unless $prefix; - - if ($index_properties->{$prefix}->{code}) - { - $index_properties->{$prefix}->{from_code}->{$prefix} = 1; - } - else - { - $index_properties->{$prefix}->{from}->{$prefix}= 1; - } - - my $Entries = GetIndexEntries($index_properties->{$prefix}->{from}, - $index_properties->{$prefix}->{from_code}); - return unless %$Entries; - - if ($T2H_IDX_SUMMARY) - { - my $key; - open(FHIDX, ">$docu_rdir$docu_name" . "_$name.idx") - || die "Can't open > $docu_rdir$docu_name" . "_$name.idx for writing: $!\n"; - print "# writing $name index summary in $docu_rdir$docu_name" . "_$name.idx...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - - for $key (sort keys %$Entries) - { - print FHIDX "$key\t$Entries->{$key}->{href}\n"; - } - } - - my $Pages = GetIndexPages($Entries); - my $page; - my $first_page = shift @$Pages; - my $sec_name = $section; - # remove section number - $sec_name =~ s/.*? // if $sec_name =~ /^([A-Z]|\d+)\./; - - ($first_page->{href} = sec_href($section)) =~ s/\#.*$//; - # Update tree structure of document - if (@$Pages) - { - my $sec; - my @after; - - while (@sections && $sections[$#sections] ne $section) - { - unshift @after, pop @sections; - } - - for $page (@$Pages) - { - my $node = ($page->{First} ne $page->{Last} ? - "$sec_name: $page->{First} -- $page->{Last}" : - "$sec_name: $page->{First}"); - push @sections, $node; - $node2sec{$node} = $node; - $sec2node{$node} = $node; - $node2up{$node} = $section; - $page->{href} = next_doc(); - $page->{name} = $node; - $node2href{$node} = $page->{href}; - if ($prev_node) - { - $node2next{$prev_node} = $node; - $node2prev{$node} = $prev_node; - } - $prev_node = $node; - } - push @sections, @after; - } - - my $summary = GetIndexSummary($first_page, $Pages, $name); - PrintIndexPage($lines, $summary, $first_page, $name); - for $page (@$Pages) - { - push @$lines, ($T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter' ? $CHAPTEREND : $SECTIONEND); - push @$lines, "

    $page->{name}

    \n"; - PrintIndexPage($lines, $summary, $page, $name); - } -} - - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Pass 2/3: handle style, menu, index, cross-reference # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -@lines2 = (); # whole document (2nd pass) -@lines3 = (); # whole document (3rd pass) -$in_menu = 0; # am I inside a menu - -while (@lines) { - $_ = shift(@lines); - # - # special case (protected sections) - # - if (/^$PROTECTTAG/o) { - push(@lines2, $_); - next; - } - # - # menu - # - if (/^\@menu\b/) - { - $in_menu = 1; - $in_menu_listing = 1; - push(@lines2, &debug("
    \n", __LINE__)); - next; - } - if (/^\@end\s+menu\b/) - { - if ($in_menu_listing) - { - push(@lines2, &debug("
    \n", __LINE__)); - } - else - { - push(@lines2, &debug("\n", __LINE__)); - } - $in_menu = 0; - $in_menu_listing = 0; - next; - } - if ($in_menu) - { - my ($node, $name, $descr); - if (/^\*\s+($NODERE)::/o) - { - $node = $1; - $descr = $'; - } - elsif (/^\*\s+(.+):\s+([^\t,\.\n]+)[\t,\.\n]/) - { - $name = $1; - $node = $2; - $descr = $'; - } - elsif (/^\*/) - { - warn "$ERROR Bad menu line: $_"; - } - else - { - if ($in_menu_listing) - { - $in_menu_listing = 0; - push(@lines2, &debug("\n", __LINE__)); - } - # should be like verbatim -- preseve spaces, etc - s/ /\ /g; - $_ .= "
    \n"; - push(@lines2, $_); - } - if ($node) - { - if (! $in_menu_listing) - { - $in_menu_listing = 1; - push(@lines2, &debug("\n", __LINE__)); - } - # look for continuation - while ($lines[0] =~ /^\s+\w+/) - { - $descr .= shift(@lines); - } - &menu_entry($node, $name, $descr); - } - next; - } - # - # printindex - # - PrintIndex(\@lines2, $2, $1), next - if (/^\@printindex\s+(\w+)/); - # - # simple style substitutions - # - $_ = &substitute_style($_); - # - # xref - # - while (/\@(x|px|info|)ref{([^{}]+)(}?)/) { - # note: Texinfo may accept other characters - ($type, $nodes, $full) = ($1, $2, $3); - ($before, $after) = ($`, $'); - if (! $full && $after) { - warn "$ERROR Bad xref (no ending } on line): $_"; - $_ = "$before$;0${type}ref\{$nodes$after"; - next; # while xref - } - if ($type eq 'x') { - $type = "$T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'See'} "; - } elsif ($type eq 'px') { - $type = "$T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'see'} "; - } elsif ($type eq 'info') { - $type = "$T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'See'} Info"; - } else { - $type = ''; - } - unless ($full) { - $next = shift(@lines); - $next = &substitute_style($next); - chop($nodes); # remove final newline - if ($next =~ /\}/) { # split on 2 lines - $nodes .= " $`"; - $after = $'; - } else { - $nodes .= " $next"; - $next = shift(@lines); - $next = &substitute_style($next); - chop($nodes); - if ($next =~ /\}/) { # split on 3 lines - $nodes .= " $`"; - $after = $'; - } else { - warn "$ERROR Bad xref (no ending }): $_"; - $_ = "$before$;0xref\{$nodes$after"; - unshift(@lines, $next); - next; # while xref - } - } - } - $nodes =~ s/\s+/ /g; # remove useless spaces - @args = split(/\s*,\s*/, $nodes); - $node = $args[0]; # the node is always the first arg - $node = &normalise_node($node); - $sec = $args[2] || $args[1] || $node2sec{$node}; - $href = $node2href{$node}; - if (@args == 5) { # reference to another manual - $sec = $args[2] || $node; - $man = $args[4] || $args[3]; - $_ = "${before}${type}$T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'section'} `$sec' in \@cite{$man}$after"; - } elsif ($type =~ /Info/) { # inforef - warn "$ERROR Wrong number of arguments: $_" unless @args == 3; - ($nn, $_, $in) = @args; - $_ = "${before}${type} file `$in', node `$nn'$after"; - } elsif ($sec && $href && ! $T2H_SHORT_REF) { - $_ = "${before}${type}"; - $_ .= "$T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'section'} " if ${type}; - $_ .= &t2h_anchor('', $href, $sec) . $after; - } - elsif ($href) - { - $_ = "${before}${type} " . - &t2h_anchor('', $href, $args[2] || $args[1] || $node) . - $after; - } - else { - warn "$ERROR Undefined node ($node): $_"; - $_ = "$before$;0xref{$nodes}$after"; - } - } - - # replace images - s[\@image\s*{(.+?)}] - { - my @args = split (/\s*,\s*/, $1); - my $base = $args[0]; - my $image = - LocateIncludeFile("$base.png") || - LocateIncludeFile("$base.jpg") || - LocateIncludeFile("$base.gif"); - warn "$ERROR no image file for $base: $_" unless ($image && -e $image); - "\"$base\""; - ($T2H_CENTER_IMAGE ? - "
    \"$base\"
    " : - "\"$base\""); - }eg; - - # - # try to guess bibliography references or glossary terms - # - unless (/^/) { - $done .= $pre . &t2h_anchor('', $href, $what); - } else { - $done .= "$pre$what"; - } - $_ = $post; - } - $_ = $done . $_; - } - if ($T2H_USE_GLOSSARY) { - $done = ''; - while (/\b\w+\b/) { - ($pre, $what, $post) = ($`, $&, $'); - $entry = $what; - $entry =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/ unless $entry =~ /^[A-Z\s]+$/; - $href = $gloss2href{$entry}; - if (defined($href) && $post !~ /^[^<]*<\/A>/) { - $done .= $pre . &t2h_anchor('', $href, $what); - } else { - $done .= "$pre$what"; - } - $_ = $post; - } - $_ = $done . $_; - } - } - # otherwise - push(@lines2, $_); -} -print "# end of pass 2\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -# -# split style substitutions -# -while (@lines2) { - $_ = shift(@lines2); - # - # special case (protected sections) - # - if (/^$PROTECTTAG/o) { - push(@lines3, $_); - next; - } - # - # split style substitutions - # - $old = ''; - while ($old ne $_) { - $old = $_; - if (/\@(\w+)\{/) { - ($before, $style, $after) = ($`, $1, $'); - if (defined($style_map{$style})) { - $_ = $after; - $text = ''; - $after = ''; - $failed = 1; - while (@lines2) { - if (/\}/) { - $text .= $`; - $after = $'; - $failed = 0; - last; - } else { - $text .= $_; - $_ = shift(@lines2); - } - } - if ($failed) { - die "* Bad syntax (\@$style) after: $before\n"; - } else { - $text = &apply_style($style, $text); - $_ = "$before$text$after"; - } - } - } - } - # otherwise - push(@lines3, $_); -} -print "# end of pass 3\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Pass 4: foot notes, final cleanup # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -@foot_lines = (); # footnotes -@doc_lines = (); # final document -$end_of_para = 0; # true if last line is

    - -while (@lines3) { - $_ = shift(@lines3); - # - # special case (protected sections) - # - if (/^$PROTECTTAG/o) { - push(@doc_lines, $_); - $end_of_para = 0; - next; - } - # - # footnotes - # - while (/\@footnote([^\{\s]+)\{/) { - ($before, $d, $after) = ($`, $1, $'); - $_ = $after; - $text = ''; - $after = ''; - $failed = 1; - while (@lines3) { - if (/\}/) { - $text .= $`; - $after = $'; - $failed = 0; - last; - } else { - $text .= $_; - $_ = shift(@lines3); - } - } - if ($failed) { - die "* Bad syntax (\@footnote) after: $before\n"; - } else { - $foot_num++; - $docid = "DOCF$foot_num"; - $footid = "FOOT$foot_num"; - $foot = "($foot_num)"; - push(@foot_lines, "

    " . &t2h_anchor($footid, "$d#$docid", $foot) . "

    \n"); - $text = "

    $text" unless $text =~ /^\s*

    /; - push(@foot_lines, "$text\n"); - $_ = $before . &t2h_anchor($docid, "$docu_foot#$footid", $foot) . $after; - } - } - # - # remove unnecessary

    - # - if (/^\s*

    \s*$/) { - next if $end_of_para++; - } else { - $end_of_para = 0; - } - # otherwise - push(@doc_lines, $_); -} - -print "# end of pass 4\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Pass 5: print things # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -$T2H_L2H = &l2h_FinishToLatex if ($T2H_L2H); -$T2H_L2H = &l2h_ToHtml if ($T2H_L2H); -$T2H_L2H = &l2h_InitFromHtml if ($T2H_L2H); - -# fix node2up, node2prev, node2next, if desired -if ($has_top_command) -{ - for $section (keys %sec2number) - { - $node = $sec2node{$section}; - $node2up{$node} = Sec2UpNode($section) unless $node2up{$node}; - $node2prev{$node} = Sec2PrevNode($section) unless $node2prev{$node}; - $node2next{$node} = Sec2NextNode($section) unless $node2next{$node}; - } -} - -# prepare %T2H_THISDOC -$T2H_THISDOC{fulltitle} = $value{'_title'} || $value{'_settitle'} || "Untitled Document"; -$T2H_THISDOC{title} = $value{'_settitle'} || $T2H_THISDOC{fulltitle}; -$T2H_THISDOC{author} = $value{'_author'}; -$T2H_THISDOC{subtitle} = $value{'_subtitle'}; -$T2H_THISDOC{shorttitle} = $value{'_shorttitle'}; -for $key (keys %T2H_THISDOC) -{ - $_ = &substitute_style($T2H_THISDOC{$key}); - &unprotect_texi; - s/\s*$//; - $T2H_THISDOC{$key} = $_; -} - -# if no sections, then simply print document as is -unless (@sections) -{ - print "# Writing content into $docu_top_file \n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - open(FILE, "> $docu_top_file") - || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_top_file for writing: $!\n"; - - &$T2H_print_page_head(\*FILE); - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = \@doc_lines; - t2h_print_lines(\*FILE); - &$T2H_print_foot_navigation(\*FILE); - &$T2H_print_page_foot(\*FILE); - close(FILE); - goto Finish; -} - -# initialize $T2H_HREF, $T2H_NAME -%T2H_HREF = - ( - 'First' , sec_href($sections[0]), - 'Last', sec_href($sections[$#sections]), - 'About', $docu_about. '#SEC_About', - ); - -# prepare TOC, OVERVIEW, TOP -$T2H_TOC = \@toc_lines; -$T2H_OVERVIEW = \@stoc_lines; -if ($has_top) -{ - while (1) - { - $_ = shift @doc_lines; - last if /$TOPEND/; - push @$T2H_TOP, $_; - } - $T2H_HREF{'Top'} = $docu_top . '#SEC_Top'; -} -else -{ - $T2H_HREF{'Top'} = $T2H_HREF{First}; -} - -$node2href{Top} = $T2H_HREF{Top}; -$T2H_HREF{Contents} = $docu_toc.'#SEC_Contents' if @toc_lines; -$T2H_HREF{Overview} = $docu_stoc.'#SEC_OVERVIEW' if @stoc_lines; - -# settle on index -if ($T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER) -{ - $T2H_HREF{Index} = $node2href{normalise_node($T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER)}; - warn "$ERROR T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER '$T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER' not found\n" - unless $T2H_HREF{Index}; -} -if (! $T2H_HREF{Index} && $first_index_chapter) -{ - $T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER = $first_index_chapter; - $T2H_HREF{Index} = $node2href{$T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER}; -} - -print "# Using '" . clean_name($T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER) . "' as index page\n" - if ($T2H_VERBOSE && $T2H_HREF{Index}); - -%T2H_NAME = - ( - 'First', clean_name($sec2node{$sections[0]}), - 'Last', clean_name($sec2node{$sections[$#sections]}), - 'About', $T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'About_Title'}, - 'Contents', $T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'ToC_Title'}, - 'Overview', $T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'Overview_Title'}, - 'Index' , clean_name($T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER), - 'Top', clean_name($T2H_TOP_HEADING || $T2H_THISDOC{'title'} || $T2H_THISDOC{'shorttitle'}), - ); - -############################################################################# -# print frame and frame toc file -# -if ( $T2H_FRAMES ) -{ - open(FILE, "> $docu_frame_file") - || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_frame_file for writing: $!\n"; - print "# Creating frame in $docu_frame_file ...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - &$T2H_print_frame(\*FILE); - close(FILE); - - open(FILE, "> $docu_toc_frame_file") - || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_toc_frame_file for writing: $!\n"; - print "# Creating toc frame in $docu_frame_file ...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - &$T2H_print_toc_frame(\*FILE); - close(FILE); -} - - -############################################################################# -# print Top -# -open(FILE, "> $docu_top_file") - || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_top_file for writing: $!\n"; -&$T2H_print_page_head(\*FILE) unless ($T2H_SPLIT); - -if ($has_top) -{ - print "# Creating Top in $docu_top_file ...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = $T2H_TOP; - $T2H_HREF{This} = $T2H_HREF{Top}; - $T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_NAME{Top}; - &$T2H_print_Top(\*FILE); -} - -close(FILE) if $T2H_SPLIT; - -############################################################################# -# Print sections -# -$T2H_NODE{Forward} = $sec2node{$sections[0]}; -$T2H_NAME{Forward} = &clean_name($sec2node{$sections[0]}); -$T2H_HREF{Forward} = sec_href($sections[0]); -$T2H_NODE{This} = 'Top'; -$T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_NAME{Top}; -$T2H_HREF{This} = $T2H_HREF{Top}; -if ($T2H_SPLIT) -{ - print "# writing " . scalar(@sections) . - " sections in $docu_rdir$docu_name"."_[1..$doc_num]" - if $T2H_VERBOSE; - $previous = ($T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter' ? $CHAPTEREND : $SECTIONEND); - undef $FH; - $doc_num = 0; -} -else -{ - print "# writing " . scalar(@sections) . " sections in $docu_top_file ..." - if $T2H_VERBOSE; - $FH = \*FILE; - $previous = ''; -} - -$counter = 0; -# loop through sections -while ($section = shift(@sections)) -{ - if ($T2H_SPLIT && ($T2H_SPLIT eq 'section' || $previous eq $CHAPTEREND)) - { - if ($FH) - { - #close previous page - &$T2H_print_chapter_footer($FH) if $T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter'; - &$T2H_print_page_foot($FH); - close($FH); - undef $FH; - } - } - $T2H_NAME{Back} = $T2H_NAME{This}; - $T2H_HREF{Back} = $T2H_HREF{This}; - $T2H_NODE{Back} = $T2H_NODE{This}; - $T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_NAME{Forward}; - $T2H_HREF{This} = $T2H_HREF{Forward}; - $T2H_NODE{This} = $T2H_NODE{Forward}; - if ($sections[0]) - { - $T2H_NODE{Forward} = $sec2node{$sections[0]}; - $T2H_NAME{Forward} = &clean_name($T2H_NODE{Forward}); - $T2H_HREF{Forward} = sec_href($sections[0]); - } - else - { - undef $T2H_HREF{Forward}, $T2H_NODE{Forward}, $T2H_NAME{Forward}; - } - - $node = $node2up{$T2H_NODE{This}}; - $T2H_HREF{Up} = $node2href{$node}; - if ($T2H_HREF{Up} eq $T2H_HREF{This} || ! $T2H_HREF{Up}) - { - $T2H_NAME{Up} = $T2H_NAME{Top}; - $T2H_HREF{Up} = $T2H_HREF{Top}; - $T2H_NODE{Up} = 'Up'; - } - else - { - $T2H_NAME{Up} = &clean_name($node); - $T2H_NODE{Up} = $node; - } - - $node = $T2H_NODE{This}; - $node = $node2prev{$node}; - $T2H_NAME{Prev} = &clean_name($node); - $T2H_HREF{Prev} = $node2href{$node}; - $T2H_NODE{Prev} = $node; - - $node = $T2H_NODE{This}; - if ($node2up{$node} && $node2up{$node} ne 'Top'&& - ($node2prev{$node} eq $T2H_NODE{Back} || ! $node2prev{$node})) - { - $node = $node2up{$node}; - while ($node && $node ne $node2up{$node} && ! $node2prev{$node}) - { - $node = $node2up{$node}; - } - $node = $node2prev{$node} - unless $node2up{$node} eq 'Top' || ! $node2up{$node}; - } - else - { - $node = $node2prev{$node}; - } - $T2H_NAME{FastBack} = &clean_name($node); - $T2H_HREF{FastBack} = $node2href{$node}; - $T2H_NODE{FastBack} = $node; - - $node = $T2H_NODE{This}; - $node = $node2next{$node}; - $T2H_NAME{Next} = &clean_name($node); - $T2H_HREF{Next} = $node2href{$node}; - $T2H_NODE{Next} = $node; - - $node = $T2H_NODE{This}; - if ($node2up{$node} && $node2up{$node} ne 'Top'&& - ($node2next{$node} eq $T2H_NODE{Forward} || ! $node2next{$node})) - { - $node = $node2up{$node}; - while ($node && $node ne $node2up{$node} && ! $node2next{$node}) - { - $node = $node2up{$node}; - } - } - $node = $node2next{$node}; - $T2H_NAME{FastForward} = &clean_name($node); - $T2H_HREF{FastForward} = $node2href{$node}; - $T2H_NODE{FastForward} = $node; - - if (! defined($FH)) - { - my $file = $T2H_HREF{This}; - $file =~ s/\#.*$//; - open(FILE, "> $docu_rdir$file") || - die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_rdir$file for writing: $!\n"; - $FH = \*FILE; - &$T2H_print_page_head($FH); - t2h_print_label($FH); - &$T2H_print_chapter_header($FH) if $T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter'; - } - else - { - t2h_print_label($FH); - } - - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = []; - while (@doc_lines) { - $_ = shift(@doc_lines); - last if ($_ eq $SECTIONEND || $_ eq $CHAPTEREND); - push(@$T2H_THIS_SECTION, $_); - } - $previous = $_; - &$T2H_print_section($FH); - - if ($T2H_VERBOSE) - { - $counter++; - print "." if $counter =~ /00$/; - } -} -if ($T2H_SPLIT) -{ - &$T2H_print_chapter_footer($FH) if $T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter'; - &$T2H_print_page_foot($FH); - close($FH); -} -print "\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -############################################################################# -# Print ToC, Overview, Footnotes -# -undef $T2H_HREF{Prev}; -undef $T2H_HREF{Next}; -undef $T2H_HREF{Back}; -undef $T2H_HREF{Forward}; -undef $T2H_HREF{Up}; - -if (@foot_lines) -{ - print "# writing Footnotes in $docu_foot_file...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - open (FILE, "> $docu_foot_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_foot_file for writing: $!\n" - if $T2H_SPLIT; - $T2H_HREF{This} = $docu_foot; - $T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{'Footnotes_Title'}; - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = \@foot_lines; - &$T2H_print_Footnotes(\*FILE); - close(FILE) if $T2H_SPLIT; -} - -if (@toc_lines) -{ - print "# writing Toc in $docu_toc_file...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - open (FILE, "> $docu_toc_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_toc_file for writing: $!\n" - if $T2H_SPLIT; - $T2H_HREF{This} = $T2H_HREF{Contents}; - $T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_NAME{Contents}; - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = \@toc_lines; - &$T2H_print_Toc(\*FILE); - close(FILE) if $T2H_SPLIT; -} - -if (@stoc_lines) -{ - print "# writing Overview in $docu_stoc_file...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - open (FILE, "> $docu_stoc_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_stoc_file for writing: $!\n" - if $T2H_SPLIT; - - $T2H_HREF{This} = $T2H_HREF{Overview}; - $T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_NAME{Overview}; - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = \@stoc_lines; - unshift @$T2H_THIS_SECTION, "

    \n"; - push @$T2H_THIS_SECTION, "\n
    \n"; - &$T2H_print_Overview(\*FILE); - close(FILE) if $T2H_SPLIT; -} - -if ($about_body = &$T2H_about_body()) -{ - print "# writing About in $docu_about_file...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - open (FILE, "> $docu_about_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_about_file for writing: $!\n" - if $T2H_SPLIT; - - $T2H_HREF{This} = $T2H_HREF{About}; - $T2H_NAME{This} = $T2H_NAME{About}; - $T2H_THIS_SECTION = [$about_body]; - &$T2H_print_About(\*FILE); - close(FILE) if $T2H_SPLIT; -} - -unless ($T2H_SPLIT) -{ - &$T2H_print_page_foot(\*FILE); - close (FILE); -} - -Finish: -&l2h_FinishFromHtml if ($T2H_L2H); -&l2h_Finish if($T2H_L2H); -print "# that's all folks\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - -exit(0); - -#+++############################################################################ -# # -# Low level functions # -# # -#---############################################################################ - -sub LocateIncludeFile -{ - my $file = shift; - my $dir; - - return $file if (-e $file && -r $file); - foreach $dir (@T2H_INCLUDE_DIRS) - { - return "$dir/$file" if (-e "$dir/$file" && -r "$dir/$file"); - } - return undef; -} - -sub clean_name -{ - local ($_); - $_ = &remove_style($_[0]); - &unprotect_texi; - return $_; -} - -sub update_sec_num { - local($name, $level) = @_; - my $ret; - - $level--; # here we start at 0 - if ($name =~ /^appendix/ || defined(@appendix_sec_num)) { - # appendix style - if (defined(@appendix_sec_num)) { - &incr_sec_num($level, @appendix_sec_num); - } else { - @appendix_sec_num = ('A', 0, 0, 0); - } - $ret = join('.', @appendix_sec_num[0..$level]); - } else { - # normal style - if (defined(@normal_sec_num)) - { - &incr_sec_num($level, @normal_sec_num); - } - else - { - @normal_sec_num = (1, 0, 0, 0); - } - $ret = join('.', @normal_sec_num[0..$level]); - } - - $ret .= "." if $level == 0; - return $ret; -} - -sub incr_sec_num { - local($level, $l); - $level = shift(@_); - $_[$level]++; - foreach $l ($level+1 .. 3) { - $_[$l] = 0; - } -} - -sub Sec2UpNode -{ - my $sec = shift; - my $num = $sec2number{$sec}; - - return '' unless $num; - return 'Top' unless $num =~ /\.\d+/; - $num =~ s/\.[^\.]*$//; - $num = $num . '.' unless $num =~ /\./; - return $sec2node{$number2sec{$num}}; -} - -sub Sec2PrevNode -{ - my $sec = shift; - my $num = $sec2number{$sec}; - my ($i, $post); - - if ($num =~ /(\w+)(\.$|$)/) - { - $num = $`; - $i = $1; - $post = $2; - if ($i eq 'A') - { - $i = $normal_sec_num[0]; - } - elsif ($i ne '1') - { - # unfortunately, -- operator is not magical - $i = chr(ord($i) + 1); - } - else - { - return ''; - } - return $sec2node{$number2sec{$num . $i . $post}} - } - return ''; -} - -sub Sec2NextNode -{ - my $sec = shift; - my $num = $sec2number{$sec}; - my $i; - - if ($num =~ /(\w+)(\.$|$)/) - { - $num = $`; - $i = $1; - $post = $2; - if ($post eq '.' && $i eq $normal_sec_num[0]) - { - $i = 'A'; - } - else - { - $i++; - } - return $sec2node{$number2sec{$num . $i . $post}} - } - return ''; -} - -sub check { - local($_, %seen, %context, $before, $match, $after); - - while (<>) { - if (/\@(\*|\.|\:|\@|\{|\})/) { - $seen{$&}++; - $context{$&} .= "> $_" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - $_ = "$`XX$'"; - redo; - } - if (/\@(\w+)/) { - ($before, $match, $after) = ($`, $&, $'); - if ($before =~ /\b[\w-]+$/ && $after =~ /^[\w-.]*\b/) { # e-mail address - $seen{'e-mail address'}++; - $context{'e-mail address'} .= "> $_" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - } else { - $seen{$match}++; - $context{$match} .= "> $_" if $T2H_VERBOSE; - } - $match =~ s/^\@/X/; - $_ = "$before$match$after"; - redo; - } - } - - foreach (sort(keys(%seen))) { - if ($T2H_VERBOSE) { - print "$_\n"; - print $context{$_}; - } else { - print "$_ ($seen{$_})\n"; - } - } -} - -sub open { - local($name) = @_; - - ++$fh_name; - if (open($fh_name, $name)) { - unshift(@fhs, $fh_name); - } else { - warn "$ERROR Can't read file $name: $!\n"; - } -} - -sub init_input { - @fhs = (); # hold the file handles to read - @input_spool = (); # spooled lines to read - $fh_name = 'FH000'; - &open($docu); -} - -sub next_line { - local($fh, $line); - - if (@input_spool) { - $line = shift(@input_spool); - return($line); - } - while (@fhs) { - $fh = $fhs[0]; - $line = <$fh>; - return($line) if $line; - close($fh); - shift(@fhs); - } - return(undef); -} - -# used in pass 1, use &next_line -sub skip_until { - local($tag) = @_; - local($_); - - while ($_ = &next_line) { - return if /^\@end\s+$tag\s*$/; - } - die "* Failed to find '$tag' after: " . $lines[$#lines]; -} - -# used in pass 1 for l2h use &next_line -sub string_until { - local($tag) = @_; - local($_, $string); - - while ($_ = &next_line) { - return $string if /^\@end\s+$tag\s*$/; -# $_ =~ s/hbox/mbox/g; - $string = $string.$_; - } - die "* Failed to find '$tag' after: " . $lines[$#lines]; -} - -# -# HTML stacking to have a better HTML output -# - -sub html_reset { - @html_stack = ('html'); - $html_element = 'body'; -} - -sub html_push { - local($what) = @_; - push(@html_stack, $html_element); - $html_element = $what; -} - -sub html_push_if { - local($what) = @_; - push(@html_stack, $html_element) - if ($html_element && $html_element ne 'P'); - $html_element = $what; -} - -sub html_pop { - $html_element = pop(@html_stack); -} - -sub html_pop_if { - local($elt); - - if (@_) { - foreach $elt (@_) { - if ($elt eq $html_element) { - $html_element = pop(@html_stack) if @html_stack; - last; - } - } - } else { - $html_element = pop(@html_stack) if @html_stack; - } -} - -sub html_debug { - local($what, $line) = @_; - if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_HTML) - { - $what = "\n" unless $what; - return("$what") - } - return($what); -} - -# to debug the output... -sub debug { - local($what, $line) = @_; - return("$what") - if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_HTML; - return($what); -} - -sub SimpleTexi2Html -{ - local $_ = $_[0]; - &protect_texi; - &protect_html; - $_ = substitute_style($_); - $_[0] = $_; -} - -sub normalise_node { - local $_ = $_[0]; - s/\s+/ /g; - s/ $//; - s/^ //; - &protect_texi; - &protect_html; - $_ = substitute_style($_); - $_[0] = $_; -} - -sub menu_entry -{ - my ($node, $name, $descr) = @_; - my ($href, $entry); - - &normalise_node($node); - $href = $node2href{$node}; - if ($href) - { - $descr =~ s/^\s+//; - $descr =~ s/\s*$//; - $descr = SimpleTexi2Html($descr); - if ($T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS && !$T2H_NODE_NAME_IN_MENU && $node2sec{$node}) - { - $entry = $node2sec{$node}; - $name = ''; - } - else - { - &normalise_node($name); - $entry = ($name && ($name ne $node || ! $T2H_AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY) - ? "$name : $node" : $node); - } - - if ($T2H_AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY && $descr) - { - my $clean_entry = $entry; - $clean_entry =~ s/^.*? // if ($clean_entry =~ /^([A-Z]|\d+)\.[\d\.]* /); - $clean_entry =~ s/[^\w]//g; - my $clean_descr = $descr; - $clean_descr =~ s/[^\w]//g; - $descr = '' if ($clean_entry eq $clean_descr) - } - push(@lines2,&debug('
    \n", __LINE__)); - } - elsif ($node =~ /^\(.*\)\w+/) - { - push(@lines2,&debug('\n", __LINE__)) - } - else - { - warn "$ERROR Undefined node of menu_entry ($node): $_"; - } -} - -sub do_ctrl { "^$_[0]" } - -sub do_email { - local($addr, $text) = split(/,\s*/, $_[0]); - - $text = $addr unless $text; - &t2h_anchor('', "mailto:$addr", $text); -} - -sub do_sc -{ - # l2h does this much better - return &l2h_ToLatex("{\\sc ".&unprotect_html($_[0])."}") if ($T2H_L2H); - return "\U$_[0]\E"; -} - -sub do_math -{ - return &l2h_ToLatex("\$".&unprotect_html($_[0])."\$") if ($T2H_L2H); - return "".$text.""; -} - -sub do_uref { - local($url, $text, $only_text) = split(/,\s*/, $_[0]); - - $text = $only_text if $only_text; - $text = $url unless $text; - &t2h_anchor('', $url, $text); -} - -sub do_url { &t2h_anchor('', $_[0], $_[0]) } - -sub do_acronym -{ - return '' . $_[0] . ''; -} - -sub do_accent -{ - return "&$_[0]acute;" if $_[1] eq 'H'; - return "$_[0]." if $_[1] eq 'dotaccent'; - return "$_[0]*" if $_[1] eq 'ringaccent'; - return "$_[0]".'[' if $_[1] eq 'tieaccent'; - return "$_[0]".'(' if $_[1] eq 'u'; - return "$_[0]_" if $_[1] eq 'ubaraccent'; - return ".$_[0]" if $_[1] eq 'udotaccent'; - return "$_[0]<" if $_[1] eq 'v'; - return "&$_[0]cedil;" if $_[1] eq ','; - return "$_[0]" if $_[1] eq 'dotless'; - return undef; -} - -sub apply_style { - local($texi_style, $text) = @_; - local($style); - - $style = $style_map{$texi_style}; - if (defined($style)) { # known style - if ($style =~ /^\"/) { # add quotes - $style = $'; - $text = "\`$text\'"; - } - if ($style =~ /^\&/) { # custom - $style = $'; - $text = &$style($text, $texi_style); - } elsif ($style) { # good style - $text = "<$style>$text"; - } else { # no style - } - } else { # unknown style - $text = undef; - } - return($text); -} - -# remove Texinfo styles -sub remove_style { - local($_) = @_; - 1 while(s/\@\w+{([^\{\}]+)}/$1/g); - return($_); -} - -sub remove_things -{ - local ($_) = @_; - s|\@(\w+)\{\}|$1|g; - return $_; -} - -sub substitute_style { - local($_) = @_; - local($changed, $done, $style, $text); - - &simple_substitutions; - $changed = 1; - while ($changed) { - $changed = 0; - $done = ''; - while (/\@(\w+){([^\{\}]+)}/ || /\@(,){([^\{\}]+)}/) { - $text = &apply_style($1, $2); - if ($text) { - $_ = "$`$text$'"; - $changed = 1; - } else { - $done .= "$`\@$1"; - $_ = "{$2}$'"; - } - } - $_ = $done . $_; - } - return($_); -} - -sub t2h_anchor { - local($name, $href, $text, $newline, $extra_attribs) = @_; - local($result); - - $result = " - $what =~ s/\&/\&\#38;/g; - $what =~ s/\/\&\#62;/g; - # restore anything in quotes - # this fixes my problem where I had: - # < IMG SRC="leftarrow.gif" ALT="<--" > but what if I wanted < in my ALT text ?? - # maybe byte stuffing or some other technique should be used. - $what =~ s/\"([^\&]+)\&\#60;(.*)\"/"$1<$2"/g; - $what =~ s/\"([^\&]+)\&\#62;(.*)\"/"$1>$2"/g; - $what =~ s/\"([^\&]+)\&\#38;(.*)\"/"$1&$2"/g; - # but recognize some HTML things - $what =~ s/\&\#60;\/A\&\#62;/<\/A>/g; # - $what =~ s/\&\#60;A ([^\&]+)\&\#62;//g; # - $what =~ s/\&\#60;IMG ([^\&]+)\&\#62;//g; # - return($what); -} - -sub unprotect_texi { - s/$;0/\@/go; - s/$;1/\{/go; - s/$;2/\}/go; - s/$;3/\`/go; - s/$;4/\'/go; -} - -sub Unprotect_texi -{ - local $_ = shift; - &unprotect_texi; - return($_); -} - -sub unprotect_html { - local($what) = @_; - $what =~ s/\&\#38;/\&/g; - $what =~ s/\&\#60;/\/g; - return($what); -} - -sub t2h_print_label -{ - my $fh = shift; - my $href = shift || $T2H_HREF{This}; - $href =~ s/.*#(.*)$/$1/; - print $fh qq{\n}; -} - -############################################################################## - - # These next few lines are legal in both Perl and nroff. - -.00 ; # finish .ig - -'di \" finish diversion--previous line must be blank -.nr nl 0-1 \" fake up transition to first page again -.nr % 0 \" start at page 1 -'; __END__ ############# From here on it's a standard manual page ############ -.so /usr/local/man/man1/texi2html.1
    texi2html Property changes : Deleted: svn:executable ## -1 +0,0 ## -* \ No newline at end of property Index: hsuser.texi =================================================================== --- hsuser.texi (revision 816) +++ hsuser.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,457 +0,0 @@ -@ignore -This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library. - -Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual -provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on -all copies. - -Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice -identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this -paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the -GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that -the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -@end ignore - -@node Using History Interactively -@chapter Using History Interactively - -@ifclear BashFeatures -@defcodeindex bt -@end ifclear - -@ifset BashFeatures -This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library -interactively, from a user's standpoint. -It should be considered a user's guide. -For information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in other programs, -see the @sc{gnu} Readline Library Manual. -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library interactively, -from a user's standpoint. It should be considered a user's guide. For -information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in your own programs, -@pxref{Programming with GNU History}. -@end ifclear - -@ifset BashFeatures -@menu -* Bash History Facilities:: How Bash lets you manipulate your command - history. -* Bash History Builtins:: The Bash builtin commands that manipulate - the command history. -* History Interaction:: What it feels like using History as a user. -@end menu -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -@menu -* History Interaction:: What it feels like using History as a user. -@end menu -@end ifclear - -@ifset BashFeatures -@node Bash History Facilities -@section Bash History Facilities -@cindex command history -@cindex history list - -When the @option{-o history} option to the @code{set} builtin -is enabled (@pxref{The Set Builtin}), -the shell provides access to the @dfn{command history}, -the list of commands previously typed. -The value of the @env{HISTSIZE} shell variable is used as the -number of commands to save in a history list. -The text of the last @env{$HISTSIZE} -commands (default 500) is saved. -The shell stores each command in the history list prior to -parameter and variable expansion -but after history expansion is performed, subject to the -values of the shell variables -@env{HISTIGNORE} and @env{HISTCONTROL}. - -When the shell starts up, the history is initialized from the -file named by the @env{HISTFILE} variable (default @file{~/.bash_history}). -The file named by the value of @env{HISTFILE} is truncated, if -necessary, to contain no more than the number of lines specified by -the value of the @env{HISTFILESIZE} variable. -When an interactive shell exits, the last -@env{$HISTSIZE} lines are copied from the history list to the file -named by @env{$HISTFILE}. -If the @code{histappend} shell option is set (@pxref{Bash Builtins}), -the lines are appended to the history file, -otherwise the history file is overwritten. -If @env{HISTFILE} -is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is -not saved. After saving the history, the history file is truncated -to contain no more than @env{$HISTFILESIZE} -lines. If @env{HISTFILESIZE} is not set, no truncation is performed. - -If the @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set, the time stamp information -associated with each history entry is written to the history file. - -The builtin command @code{fc} may be used to list or edit and re-execute -a portion of the history list. -The @code{history} builtin may be used to display or modify the history -list and manipulate the history file. -When using command-line editing, search commands -are available in each editing mode that provide access to the -history list (@pxref{Commands For History}). - -The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history -list. The @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE} -variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the -commands entered. -The @code{cmdhist} -shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each -line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding -semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness. -The @code{lithist} -shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines -instead of semicolons. -The @code{shopt} builtin is used to set these options. -@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a description of @code{shopt}. - -@node Bash History Builtins -@section Bash History Builtins -@cindex history builtins - -Bash provides two builtin commands which manipulate the -history list and history file. - -@table @code - -@item fc -@btindex fc -@example -@code{fc [-e @var{ename}] [-nlr] [@var{first}] [@var{last}]} -@code{fc -s [@var{pat}=@var{rep}] [@var{command}]} -@end example - -Fix Command. In the first form, a range of commands from @var{first} to -@var{last} is selected from the history list. Both @var{first} and -@var{last} may be specified as a string (to locate the most recent -command beginning with that string) or as a number (an index into the -history list, where a negative number is used as an offset from the -current command number). If @var{last} is not specified it is set to -@var{first}. If @var{first} is not specified it is set to the previous -command for editing and @minus{}16 for listing. If the @option{-l} flag is -given, the commands are listed on standard output. The @option{-n} flag -suppresses the command numbers when listing. The @option{-r} flag -reverses the order of the listing. Otherwise, the editor given by -@var{ename} is invoked on a file containing those commands. If -@var{ename} is not given, the value of the following variable expansion -is used: @code{$@{FCEDIT:-$@{EDITOR:-vi@}@}}. This says to use the -value of the @env{FCEDIT} variable if set, or the value of the -@env{EDITOR} variable if that is set, or @code{vi} if neither is set. -When editing is complete, the edited commands are echoed and executed. - -In the second form, @var{command} is re-executed after each instance -of @var{pat} in the selected command is replaced by @var{rep}. - -A useful alias to use with the @code{fc} command is @code{r='fc -s'}, so -that typing @samp{r cc} runs the last command beginning with @code{cc} -and typing @samp{r} re-executes the last command (@pxref{Aliases}). - -@item history -@btindex history -@example -history [@var{n}] -history -c -history -d @var{offset} -history [-anrw] [@var{filename}] -history -ps @var{arg} -@end example - -With no options, display the history list with line numbers. -Lines prefixed with a @samp{*} have been modified. -An argument of @var{n} lists only the last @var{n} lines. -If the shell variable @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set and not null, -it is used as a format string for @var{strftime} to display -the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry. -No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp -and the history line. - -Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: - -@table @code -@item -c -Clear the history list. This may be combined -with the other options to replace the history list completely. - -@item -d @var{offset} -Delete the history entry at position @var{offset}. -@var{offset} should be specified as it appears when the history is -displayed. - -@item -a -Append the new -history lines (history lines entered since the beginning of the -current Bash session) to the history file. - -@item -n -Append the history lines not already read from the history file -to the current history list. These are lines appended to the history -file since the beginning of the current Bash session. - -@item -r -Read the current history file and append its contents to -the history list. - -@item -w -Write out the current history to the history file. - -@item -p -Perform history substitution on the @var{arg}s and display the result -on the standard output, without storing the results in the history list. - -@item -s -The @var{arg}s are added to the end of -the history list as a single entry. - -@end table - -When any of the @option{-w}, @option{-r}, @option{-a}, or @option{-n} options is -used, if @var{filename} -is given, then it is used as the history file. If not, then -the value of the @env{HISTFILE} variable is used. - -@end table -@end ifset - -@node History Interaction -@section History Expansion -@cindex history expansion - -The History library provides a history expansion feature that is similar -to the history expansion provided by @code{csh}. This section -describes the syntax used to manipulate the history information. - -History expansions introduce words from the history list into -the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the -arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or -fix errors in previous commands quickly. - -History expansion takes place in two parts. The first is to determine -which line from the history list should be used during substitution. -The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into the -current one. The line selected from the history is called the -@dfn{event}, and the portions of that line that are acted upon are -called @dfn{words}. Various @dfn{modifiers} are available to manipulate -the selected words. The line is broken into words in the same fashion -that Bash does, so that several words -surrounded by quotes are considered one word. -History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the -history expansion character, which is @samp{!} by default. -@ifset BashFeatures -Only @samp{\} and @samp{'} may be used to escape the history expansion -character. -@end ifset - -@ifset BashFeatures -Several shell options settable with the @code{shopt} -builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}) may be used to tailor -the behavior of history expansion. If the -@code{histverify} shell option is enabled, and Readline -is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to -the shell parser. -Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the Readline -editing buffer for further modification. -If Readline is being used, and the @code{histreedit} -shell option is enabled, a failed history expansion will be -reloaded into the Readline editing buffer for correction. -The @option{-p} option to the @code{history} builtin command -may be used to see what a history expansion will do before using it. -The @option{-s} option to the @code{history} builtin may be used to -add commands to the end of the history list without actually executing -them, so that they are available for subsequent recall. -This is most useful in conjunction with Readline. - -The shell allows control of the various characters used by the -history expansion mechanism with the @code{histchars} variable. -@end ifset - -@menu -* Event Designators:: How to specify which history line to use. -* Word Designators:: Specifying which words are of interest. -* Modifiers:: Modifying the results of substitution. -@end menu - -@node Event Designators -@subsection Event Designators -@cindex event designators - -An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the -history list. -@cindex history events - -@table @asis - -@item @code{!} -@ifset BashFeatures -Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab, -the end of the line, @samp{=} or @samp{(} (when the -@code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin). -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab, -the end of the line, or @samp{=}. -@end ifclear - -@item @code{!@var{n}} -Refer to command line @var{n}. - -@item @code{!-@var{n}} -Refer to the command @var{n} lines back. - -@item @code{!!} -Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for @samp{!-1}. - -@item @code{!@var{string}} -Refer to the most recent command starting with @var{string}. - -@item @code{!?@var{string}[?]} -Refer to the most recent command containing @var{string}. The trailing -@samp{?} may be omitted if the @var{string} is followed immediately by -a newline. - -@item @code{^@var{string1}^@var{string2}^} -Quick Substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing @var{string1} -with @var{string2}. Equivalent to -@code{!!:s/@var{string1}/@var{string2}/}. - -@item @code{!#} -The entire command line typed so far. - -@end table - -@node Word Designators -@subsection Word Designators - -Word designators are used to select desired words from the event. -A @samp{:} separates the event specification from the word designator. It -may be omitted if the word designator begins with a @samp{^}, @samp{$}, -@samp{*}, @samp{-}, or @samp{%}. Words are numbered from the beginning -of the line, with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). Words are -inserted into the current line separated by single spaces. - -@need 0.75 -For example, - -@table @code -@item !! -designates the preceding command. When you type this, the preceding -command is repeated in toto. - -@item !!:$ -designates the last argument of the preceding command. This may be -shortened to @code{!$}. - -@item !fi:2 -designates the second argument of the most recent command starting with -the letters @code{fi}. -@end table - -@need 0.75 -Here are the word designators: - -@table @code - -@item 0 (zero) -The @code{0}th word. For many applications, this is the command word. - -@item @var{n} -The @var{n}th word. - -@item ^ -The first argument; that is, word 1. - -@item $ -The last argument. - -@item % -The word matched by the most recent @samp{?@var{string}?} search. - -@item @var{x}-@var{y} -A range of words; @samp{-@var{y}} abbreviates @samp{0-@var{y}}. - -@item * -All of the words, except the @code{0}th. This is a synonym for @samp{1-$}. -It is not an error to use @samp{*} if there is just one word in the event; -the empty string is returned in that case. - -@item @var{x}* -Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$} - -@item @var{x}- -Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$} like @samp{@var{x}*}, but omits the last word. - -@end table - -If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the -previous command is used as the event. - -@node Modifiers -@subsection Modifiers - -After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or more -of the following modifiers, each preceded by a @samp{:}. - -@table @code - -@item h -Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving only the head. - -@item t -Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail. - -@item r -Remove a trailing suffix of the form @samp{.@var{suffix}}, leaving -the basename. - -@item e -Remove all but the trailing suffix. - -@item p -Print the new command but do not execute it. - -@ifset BashFeatures -@item q -Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. - -@item x -Quote the substituted words as with @samp{q}, -but break into words at spaces, tabs, and newlines. -@end ifset - -@item s/@var{old}/@var{new}/ -Substitute @var{new} for the first occurrence of @var{old} in the -event line. Any delimiter may be used in place of @samp{/}. -The delimiter may be quoted in @var{old} and @var{new} -with a single backslash. If @samp{&} appears in @var{new}, -it is replaced by @var{old}. A single backslash will quote -the @samp{&}. The final delimiter is optional if it is the last -character on the input line. - -@item & -Repeat the previous substitution. - -@item g -@itemx a -Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. Used in -conjunction with @samp{s}, as in @code{gs/@var{old}/@var{new}/}, -or with @samp{&}. - -@item G -Apply the following @samp{s} modifier once to each word in the event. - -@end table
    hsuser.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: rlman.texi =================================================================== --- rlman.texi (revision 816) +++ rlman.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@setfilename readline.info -@settitle GNU Readline Library -@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@synindex vr fn -@setchapternewpage odd - -@include version.texi - -@copying -This manual describes the GNU Readline Library -(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the -consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide -a command line interface. - -Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -@quotation -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or -any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no -Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' -and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is -included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.'' - -(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify -this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free -Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' -@end quotation -@end copying - -@dircategory Libraries -@direntry -* Readline: (readline). The GNU readline library API. -@end direntry - -@titlepage -@title GNU Readline Library -@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}. -@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH} -@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University -@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation - -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@insertcopying - -@sp 1 -Published by the Free Software Foundation @* -59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @* -Boston, MA 02111-1307 @* -USA @* - -@end titlepage - -@contents - -@ifnottex -@node Top -@top GNU Readline Library - -This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids -in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which -provide a command line interface. - -@menu -* Command Line Editing:: GNU Readline User's Manual. -* Programming with GNU Readline:: GNU Readline Programmer's Manual. -* Copying This Manual:: Copying this manual. -* Concept Index:: Index of concepts described in this manual. -* Function and Variable Index:: Index of externally visible functions - and variables. -@end menu -@end ifnottex - -@include rluser.texi -@include rltech.texi - -@node Copying This Manual -@appendix Copying This Manual - -@menu -* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. -@end menu - -@include fdl.texi - -@node Concept Index -@unnumbered Concept Index -@printindex cp - -@node Function and Variable Index -@unnumbered Function and Variable Index -@printindex fn - -@bye
    rlman.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: ChangeLog.gdb =================================================================== --- ChangeLog.gdb (revision 816) +++ ChangeLog.gdb (nonexistent) @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -2006-04-24 Daniel Jacobowitz - - Imported readline 5.1, and upstream patches 001-004. - -2003-09-14 Andrew Cagney - - * history.0: Delete generated file. - -2002-02-24 Elena Zannoni - - * ChangeLog.gdb: Renamed from ChangeLog. - -2002-01-20 Eli Zaretskii - - * rluser.texinfo (Sample Init File): Prevent overfull hboxes. - From Brian Youmans <3diff@gnu.org>. - -2000-07-09 Elena Zannoni - - * Removed generated files rluserman.{dvi, info, html, ps}. - -2000-07-07 Elena Zannoni - - * Import of readline 4.1. - - Regenerated inc-hist.texinfo as copy of hsuser.texinfo, for - inclusion in the gdb manual. - - New file: rluserman.texinfo - -Tue Apr 18 15:43:52 2000 Andrew Cagney - - * readline.0: Delete. Generated by Makefile, deleted by distclean - rule. - -Tue Mar 28 16:06:22 2000 Andrew Cagney - - * inc-hist.texinfo, rluser.texinfo: Revert change Fri Mar 24 - 18:04:32 2000 Andrew Cagney . - Unconditionally provide @chapter and @node. - -Fri Mar 24 18:04:32 2000 Andrew Cagney - - * inc-hist.texinfo: When GDBN omit the chapter/node. - * rluser.texinfo (Command Line Editing): Ditto. - -1999-08-10 Elena Zannoni - - * hsuser.texinfo (Bash History Builtins): Comment out btindex - commands. - - * inc-hist.texinfo: New file. Same as hsuser.texinfo, but w/o - cross reference to GNU History Manual. - -Tue Dec 22 10:07:58 1998 Elena Zannoni - - * hsuser.texinfo (Bash History Builtins): comment out btindex - commands. - - * Import of Readline 2.2.1. - - New files: readline.0, readline.3, texi2dvi, texi2html. - -1998-12-17 Felix Lee - - * inc-hist.texi: @node line "Using History" was wrong. - -Thu Jul 9 17:03:26 1998 Edith Epstein - - * inc-hist.texi: one line change. - -Wed Sep 20 12:57:29 1995 Ian Lance Taylor - - * Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New synonym for realclean. - -Tue Feb 2 11:40:04 1993 Roland H. Pesch (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com) - - * Makefile.in: configurable (and useable) Makefile template - * Makefile: removed, replaced with configurable Makefile.in - * texindex.c texinfo.tex: remove, replacing w/refs to tools - elsewhere in distribution tree - * configure.in: pro forma configure stub - * ChangeLog: new file Index: history.3 =================================================================== --- history.3 (revision 816) +++ history.3 (nonexistent) @@ -1,663 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" MAN PAGE COMMENTS to -.\" -.\" Chet Ramey -.\" Information Network Services -.\" Case Western Reserve University -.\" chet@ins.CWRU.Edu -.\" -.\" Last Change: Thu Jul 31 08:46:08 EDT 2003 -.\" -.TH HISTORY 3 "2003 July 31" "GNU History 5.0" -.\" -.\" File Name macro. This used to be `.PN', for Path Name, -.\" but Sun doesn't seem to like that very much. -.\" -.de FN -\fI\|\\$1\|\fP -.. -.ds lp \fR\|(\fP -.ds rp \fR\|)\fP -.\" FnN return-value fun-name N arguments -.de Fn1 -\fI\\$1\fP \fB\\$2\fP \\*(lp\fI\\$3\fP\\*(rp -.br -.. -.de Fn2 -.if t \fI\\$1\fP \fB\\$2\fP \\*(lp\fI\\$3,\|\\$4\fP\\*(rp -.if n \fI\\$1\fP \fB\\$2\fP \\*(lp\fI\\$3, \\$4\fP\\*(rp -.br -.. -.de Fn3 -.if t \fI\\$1\fP \fB\\$2\fP \\*(lp\fI\\$3,\|\\$4,\|\\$5\fP\|\\*(rp -.if n \fI\\$1\fP \fB\\$2\fP \\*(lp\fI\\$3, \\$4, \\$5\fP\\*(rp -.br -.. -.de Vb -\fI\\$1\fP \fB\\$2\fP -.br -.. -.SH NAME -history \- GNU History Library -.SH COPYRIGHT -.if t The GNU History Library is Copyright \(co 1989-2002 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.if n The GNU History Library is Copyright (C) 1989-2002 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.SH DESCRIPTION -Many programs read input from the user a line at a time. The GNU -History library is able to keep track of those lines, associate arbitrary -data with each line, and utilize information from previous lines in -composing new ones. -.PP -.SH "HISTORY EXPANSION" -.PP -The history library supports a history expansion feature that -is identical to the history expansion in -.BR bash. -This section describes what syntax features are available. -.PP -History expansions introduce words from the history list into -the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the -arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or -fix errors in previous commands quickly. -.PP -History expansion is usually performed immediately after a complete line -is read. -It takes place in two parts. -The first is to determine which line from the history list -to use during substitution. -The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into -the current one. -The line selected from the history is the \fIevent\fP, -and the portions of that line that are acted upon are \fIwords\fP. -Various \fImodifiers\fP are available to manipulate the selected words. -The line is broken into words in the same fashion as \fBbash\fP -does when reading input, -so that several words that would otherwise be separated -are considered one word when surrounded by quotes (see the -description of \fBhistory_tokenize()\fP below). -History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the -history expansion character, which is \^\fB!\fP\^ by default. -Only backslash (\^\fB\e\fP\^) and single quotes can quote -the history expansion character. -.SS Event Designators -.PP -An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the -history list. -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B ! -Start a history substitution, except when followed by a -.BR blank , -newline, = or (. -.TP -.B !\fIn\fR -Refer to command line -.IR n . -.TP -.B !\-\fIn\fR -Refer to the current command line minus -.IR n . -.TP -.B !! -Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for `!\-1'. -.TP -.B !\fIstring\fR -Refer to the most recent command starting with -.IR string . -.TP -.B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR -Refer to the most recent command containing -.IR string . -The trailing \fB?\fP may be omitted if -.I string -is followed immediately by a newline. -.TP -.B \d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring1\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring2\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u -Quick substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing -.I string1 -with -.IR string2 . -Equivalent to -``!!:s/\fIstring1\fP/\fIstring2\fP/'' -(see \fBModifiers\fP below). -.TP -.B !# -The entire command line typed so far. -.PD -.SS Word Designators -.PP -Word designators are used to select desired words from the event. -A -.B : -separates the event specification from the word designator. -It may be omitted if the word designator begins with a -.BR ^ , -.BR $ , -.BR * , -.BR \- , -or -.BR % . -Words are numbered from the beginning of the line, -with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). -Words are inserted into the current line separated by single spaces. -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B 0 (zero) -The zeroth word. For the shell, this is the command -word. -.TP -.I n -The \fIn\fRth word. -.TP -.B ^ -The first argument. That is, word 1. -.TP -.B $ -The last argument. -.TP -.B % -The word matched by the most recent `?\fIstring\fR?' search. -.TP -.I x\fB\-\fPy -A range of words; `\-\fIy\fR' abbreviates `0\-\fIy\fR'. -.TP -.B * -All of the words but the zeroth. This is a synonym -for `\fI1\-$\fP'. It is not an error to use -.B * -if there is just one -word in the event; the empty string is returned in that case. -.TP -.B x* -Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP. -.TP -.B x\- -Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP like \fBx*\fP, but omits the last word. -.PD -.PP -If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the -previous command is used as the event. -.SS Modifiers -.PP -After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of -one or more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'. -.PP -.PD 0 -.PP -.TP -.B h -Remove a trailing file name component, leaving only the head. -.TP -.B t -Remove all leading file name components, leaving the tail. -.TP -.B r -Remove a trailing suffix of the form \fI.xxx\fP, leaving the -basename. -.TP -.B e -Remove all but the trailing suffix. -.TP -.B p -Print the new command but do not execute it. -.TP -.B q -Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. -.TP -.B x -Quote the substituted words as with -.BR q , -but break into words at -.B blanks -and newlines. -.TP -.B s/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/ -Substitute -.I new -for the first occurrence of -.I old -in the event line. Any delimiter can be used in place of /. The -final delimiter is optional if it is the last character of the -event line. The delimiter may be quoted in -.I old -and -.I new -with a single backslash. If & appears in -.IR new , -it is replaced by -.IR old . -A single backslash will quote the &. If -.I old -is null, it is set to the last -.I old -substituted, or, if no previous history substitutions took place, -the last -.I string -in a -.B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR -search. -.TP -.B & -Repeat the previous substitution. -.TP -.B g -Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. This is -used in conjunction with `\fB:s\fP' (e.g., `\fB:gs/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/\fR') -or `\fB:&\fP'. If used with -`\fB:s\fP', any delimiter can be used -in place of /, and the final delimiter is optional -if it is the last character of the event line. -An \fBa\fP may be used as a synonym for \fBg\fP. -.TP -.B G -Apply the following `\fBs\fP' modifier once to each word in the event line. -.PD -.SH "PROGRAMMING WITH HISTORY FUNCTIONS" -This section describes how to use the History library in other programs. -.SS Introduction to History -.PP -The programmer using the History library has available functions -for remembering lines on a history list, associating arbitrary data -with a line, removing lines from the list, searching through the list -for a line containing an arbitrary text string, and referencing any line -in the list directly. In addition, a history \fIexpansion\fP function -is available which provides for a consistent user interface across -different programs. -.PP -The user using programs written with the History library has the -benefit of a consistent user interface with a set of well-known -commands for manipulating the text of previous lines and using that text -in new commands. The basic history manipulation commands are -identical to -the history substitution provided by \fBbash\fP. -.PP -If the programmer desires, he can use the Readline library, which -includes some history manipulation by default, and has the added -advantage of command line editing. -.PP -Before declaring any functions using any functionality the History -library provides in other code, an application writer should include -the file -.FN -in any file that uses the -History library's features. It supplies extern declarations for all -of the library's public functions and variables, and declares all of -the public data structures. - -.SS History Storage -.PP -The history list is an array of history entries. A history entry is -declared as follows: -.PP -.Vb "typedef void *" histdata_t; -.PP -.nf -typedef struct _hist_entry { - char *line; - char *timestamp; - histdata_t data; -} HIST_ENTRY; -.fi -.PP -The history list itself might therefore be declared as -.PP -.Vb "HIST_ENTRY **" the_history_list; -.PP -The state of the History library is encapsulated into a single structure: -.PP -.nf -/* - * A structure used to pass around the current state of the history. - */ -typedef struct _hist_state { - HIST_ENTRY **entries; /* Pointer to the entries themselves. */ - int offset; /* The location pointer within this array. */ - int length; /* Number of elements within this array. */ - int size; /* Number of slots allocated to this array. */ - int flags; -} HISTORY_STATE; -.fi -.PP -If the flags member includes \fBHS_STIFLED\fP, the history has been -stifled. -.SH "History Functions" -.PP -This section describes the calling sequence for the various functions -exported by the GNU History library. -.SS Initializing History and State Management -This section describes functions used to initialize and manage -the state of the History library when you want to use the history -functions in your program. - -.Fn1 void using_history void -Begin a session in which the history functions might be used. This -initializes the interactive variables. - -.Fn1 "HISTORY_STATE *" history_get_history_state void -Return a structure describing the current state of the input history. - -.Fn1 void history_set_history_state "HISTORY_STATE *state" -Set the state of the history list according to \fIstate\fP. - -.SS History List Management - -These functions manage individual entries on the history list, or set -parameters managing the list itself. - -.Fn1 void add_history "const char *string" -Place \fIstring\fP at the end of the history list. The associated data -field (if any) is set to \fBNULL\fP. - -.Fn1 void add_history_time "const char *string" -Change the time stamp associated with the most recent history entry to -\fIstring\fP. - -.Fn1 "HIST_ENTRY *" remove_history "int which" -Remove history entry at offset \fIwhich\fP from the history. The -removed element is returned so you can free the line, data, -and containing structure. - -.Fn1 "histdata_t" free_history_entry "HIST_ENTRY *histent" -Free the history entry \fIhistent\fP and any history library private -data associated with it. Returns the application-specific data -so the caller can dispose of it. - -.Fn3 "HIST_ENTRY *" replace_history_entry "int which" "const char *line" "histdata_t data" -Make the history entry at offset \fIwhich\fP have \fIline\fP and \fIdata\fP. -This returns the old entry so the caller can dispose of any -application-specific data. In the case -of an invalid \fIwhich\fP, a \fBNULL\fP pointer is returned. - -.Fn1 void clear_history "void" -Clear the history list by deleting all the entries. - -.Fn1 void stifle_history "int max" -Stifle the history list, remembering only the last \fImax\fP entries. - -.Fn1 int unstifle_history "void" -Stop stifling the history. This returns the previously-set -maximum number of history entries (as set by \fBstifle_history()\fP). -history was stifled. The value is positive if the history was -stifled, negative if it wasn't. - -.Fn1 int history_is_stifled "void" -Returns non-zero if the history is stifled, zero if it is not. - -.SS Information About the History List - -These functions return information about the entire history list or -individual list entries. - -.Fn1 "HIST_ENTRY **" history_list "void" -Return a \fBNULL\fP terminated array of \fIHIST_ENTRY *\fP which is the -current input history. Element 0 of this list is the beginning of time. -If there is no history, return \fBNULL\fP. - -.Fn1 int where_history "void" -Returns the offset of the current history element. - -.Fn1 "HIST_ENTRY *" current_history "void" -Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by -\fBwhere_history()\fP. If there is no entry there, return a \fBNULL\fP -pointer. - -.Fn1 "HIST_ENTRY *" history_get "int offset" -Return the history entry at position \fIoffset\fP, starting from -\fBhistory_base\fP. -If there is no entry there, or if \fIoffset\fP -is greater than the history length, return a \fBNULL\fP pointer. - -.Fn1 "time_t" history_get_time "HIST_ENTRY *" -Return the time stamp associated with the history entry passed as the argument. - -.Fn1 int history_total_bytes "void" -Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using. -This function returns the sum of the lengths of all the lines in the -history. - -.SS Moving Around the History List - -These functions allow the current index into the history list to be -set or changed. - -.Fn1 int history_set_pos "int pos" -Set the current history offset to \fIpos\fP, an absolute index -into the list. -Returns 1 on success, 0 if \fIpos\fP is less than zero or greater -than the number of history entries. - -.Fn1 "HIST_ENTRY *" previous_history "void" -Back up the current history offset to the previous history entry, and -return a pointer to that entry. If there is no previous entry, return -a \fBNULL\fP pointer. - -.Fn1 "HIST_ENTRY *" next_history "void" -Move the current history offset forward to the next history entry, and -return the a pointer to that entry. If there is no next entry, return -a \fBNULL\fP pointer. - -.SS Searching the History List - -These functions allow searching of the history list for entries containing -a specific string. Searching may be performed both forward and backward -from the current history position. The search may be \fIanchored\fP, -meaning that the string must match at the beginning of the history entry. - -.Fn2 int history_search "const char *string" "int direction" -Search the history for \fIstring\fP, starting at the current history offset. -If \fIdirection\fP is less than 0, then the search is through -previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries. -If \fIstring\fP is found, then -the current history index is set to that history entry, and the value -returned is the offset in the line of the entry where -\fIstring\fP was found. Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is -returned. - -.Fn2 int history_search_prefix "const char *string" "int direction" -Search the history for \fIstring\fP, starting at the current history -offset. The search is anchored: matching lines must begin with -\fIstring\fP. If \fIdirection\fP is less than 0, then the search is -through previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries. -If \fIstring\fP is found, then the -current history index is set to that entry, and the return value is 0. -Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is returned. - -.Fn3 int history_search_pos "const char *string" "int direction" "int pos" -Search for \fIstring\fP in the history list, starting at \fIpos\fP, an -absolute index into the list. If \fIdirection\fP is negative, the search -proceeds backward from \fIpos\fP, otherwise forward. Returns the absolute -index of the history element where \fIstring\fP was found, or -1 otherwise. - -.SS Managing the History File -The History library can read the history from and write it to a file. -This section documents the functions for managing a history file. - -.Fn1 int read_history "const char *filename" -Add the contents of \fIfilename\fP to the history list, a line at a time. -If \fIfilename\fP is \fBNULL\fP, then read from \fI~/.history\fP. -Returns 0 if successful, or \fBerrno\fP if not. - -.Fn3 int read_history_range "const char *filename" "int from" "int to" -Read a range of lines from \fIfilename\fP, adding them to the history list. -Start reading at line \fIfrom\fP and end at \fIto\fP. -If \fIfrom\fP is zero, start at the beginning. If \fIto\fP is less than -\fIfrom\fP, then read until the end of the file. If \fIfilename\fP is -\fBNULL\fP, then read from \fI~/.history\fP. Returns 0 if successful, -or \fBerrno\fP if not. - -.Fn1 int write_history "const char *filename" -Write the current history to \fIfilename\fP, overwriting \fIfilename\fP -if necessary. -If \fIfilename\fP is \fBNULL\fP, then write the history list to \fI~/.history\fP. -Returns 0 on success, or \fBerrno\fP on a read or write error. - - -.Fn2 int append_history "int nelements" "const char *filename" -Append the last \fInelements\fP of the history list to \fIfilename\fP. -If \fIfilename\fP is \fBNULL\fP, then append to \fI~/.history\fP. -Returns 0 on success, or \fBerrno\fP on a read or write error. - -.Fn2 int history_truncate_file "const char *filename" "int nlines" -Truncate the history file \fIfilename\fP, leaving only the last -\fInlines\fP lines. -If \fIfilename\fP is \fBNULL\fP, then \fI~/.history\fP is truncated. -Returns 0 on success, or \fBerrno\fP on failure. - -.SS History Expansion - -These functions implement history expansion. - -.Fn2 int history_expand "char *string" "char **output" -Expand \fIstring\fP, placing the result into \fIoutput\fP, a pointer -to a string. Returns: -.RS -.PD 0 -.TP -0 -If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in -the text was the removal of escape characters preceding the history expansion -character); -.TP -1 -if expansions did take place; -.TP --1 -if there was an error in expansion; -.TP -2 -if the returned line should be displayed, but not executed, -as with the \fB:p\fP modifier. -.PD -.RE -If an error ocurred in expansion, then \fIoutput\fP contains a descriptive -error message. - -.Fn3 "char *" get_history_event "const char *string" "int *cindex" "int qchar" -Returns the text of the history event beginning at \fIstring\fP + -\fI*cindex\fP. \fI*cindex\fP is modified to point to after the event -specifier. At function entry, \fIcindex\fP points to the index into -\fIstring\fP where the history event specification begins. \fIqchar\fP -is a character that is allowed to end the event specification in addition -to the ``normal'' terminating characters. - -.Fn1 "char **" history_tokenize "const char *string" -Return an array of tokens parsed out of \fIstring\fP, much as the -shell might. -The tokens are split on the characters in the -\fBhistory_word_delimiters\fP variable, -and shell quoting conventions are obeyed. - -.Fn3 "char *" history_arg_extract "int first" "int last" "const char *string" -Extract a string segment consisting of the \fIfirst\fP through \fIlast\fP -arguments present in \fIstring\fP. Arguments are split using -\fBhistory_tokenize()\fP. - -.SS History Variables - -This section describes the externally-visible variables exported by -the GNU History Library. - -.Vb int history_base -The logical offset of the first entry in the history list. - -.Vb int history_length -The number of entries currently stored in the history list. - -.Vb int history_max_entries -The maximum number of history entries. This must be changed using -\fBstifle_history()\fP. - -.Vb int history_write_timestamps -If non-zero, timestamps are written to the history file, so they can be -preserved between sessions. The default value is 0, meaning that -timestamps are not saved. - -.Vb char history_expansion_char -The character that introduces a history event. The default is \fB!\fP. -Setting this to 0 inhibits history expansion. - -.Vb char history_subst_char -The character that invokes word substitution if found at the start of -a line. The default is \fB^\fP. - -.Vb char history_comment_char -During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character -of a word, then it and all subsequent characters up to a newline are -ignored, suppressing history expansion for the remainder of the line. -This is disabled by default. - -.Vb "char *" history_word_delimiters -The characters that separate tokens for \fBhistory_tokenize()\fP. -The default value is \fB"\ \et\en()<>;&|"\fP. - -.Vb "char *" history_no_expand_chars -The list of characters which inhibit history expansion if found immediately -following \fBhistory_expansion_char\fP. The default is space, tab, newline, -\fB\er\fP, and \fB=\fP. - -.Vb "char *" history_search_delimiter_chars -The list of additional characters which can delimit a history search -string, in addition to space, tab, \fI:\fP and \fI?\fP in the case of -a substring search. The default is empty. - -.Vb int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion -If non-zero, single-quoted words are not scanned for the history expansion -character. The default value is 0. - -.Vb "rl_linebuf_func_t *" history_inhibit_expansion_function -This should be set to the address of a function that takes two arguments: -a \fBchar *\fP (\fIstring\fP) -and an \fBint\fP index into that string (\fIi\fP). -It should return a non-zero value if the history expansion starting at -\fIstring[i]\fP should not be performed; zero if the expansion should -be done. -It is intended for use by applications like \fBbash\fP that use the history -expansion character for additional purposes. -By default, this variable is set to \fBNULL\fP. -.SH FILES -.PD 0 -.TP -.FN ~/.history -Default filename for reading and writing saved history -.PD -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.PD 0 -.TP -\fIThe Gnu Readline Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey -.TP -\fIThe Gnu History Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey -.TP -\fIbash\fP(1) -.TP -\fIreadline\fP(3) -.PD -.SH AUTHORS -Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation -.br -bfox@gnu.org -.PP -Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University -.br -chet@ins.CWRU.Edu -.SH BUG REPORTS -If you find a bug in the -.B history -library, you should report it. But first, you should -make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest -version of the -.B history -library that you have. -.PP -Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, mail a -bug report to \fIbug\-readline\fP@\fIgnu.org\fP. -If you have a fix, you are welcome to mail that -as well! Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed -to \fPbug-readline\fP@\fIgnu.org\fP or posted to the Usenet -newsgroup -.BR gnu.bash.bug . -.PP -Comments and bug reports concerning -this manual page should be directed to -.IR chet@ins.CWRU.Edu . Index: readline.3 =================================================================== --- readline.3 (revision 816) +++ readline.3 (nonexistent) @@ -1,1300 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" MAN PAGE COMMENTS to -.\" -.\" Chet Ramey -.\" Information Network Services -.\" Case Western Reserve University -.\" chet@ins.CWRU.Edu -.\" -.\" Last Change: Tue Sep 13 12:07:26 EDT 2005 -.\" -.TH READLINE 3 "2005 Sep 13" "GNU Readline 5.1-beta1" -.\" -.\" File Name macro. This used to be `.PN', for Path Name, -.\" but Sun doesn't seem to like that very much. -.\" -.de FN -\fI\|\\$1\|\fP -.. -.SH NAME -readline \- get a line from a user with editing -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -.ft B -#include -#include -#include -.ft -.fi -.LP -.nf -\fIchar *\fP -.br -\fBreadline\fP (\fIconst char *prompt\fP); -.fi -.SH COPYRIGHT -.if n Readline is Copyright (C) 1989\-2004 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.if t Readline is Copyright \(co 1989\-2004 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -.B readline -will read a line from the terminal -and return it, using -.B prompt -as a prompt. If -.B prompt -is \fBNULL\fP or the empty string, no prompt is issued. -The line returned is allocated with -.IR malloc (3); -the caller must free it when finished. The line returned -has the final newline removed, so only the text of the line -remains. -.LP -.B readline -offers editing capabilities while the user is entering the -line. -By default, the line editing commands -are similar to those of emacs. -A vi\-style line editing interface is also available. -.LP -This manual page describes only the most basic use of \fBreadline\fP. -Much more functionality is available; see -\fIThe GNU Readline Library\fP and \fIThe GNU History Library\fP -for additional information. -.SH RETURN VALUE -.LP -.B readline -returns the text of the line read. A blank line -returns the empty string. If -.B EOF -is encountered while reading a line, and the line is empty, -.B NULL -is returned. If an -.B EOF -is read with a non\-empty line, it is -treated as a newline. -.SH NOTATION -.LP -An emacs-style notation is used to denote -keystrokes. Control keys are denoted by C\-\fIkey\fR, e.g., C\-n -means Control\-N. Similarly, -.I meta -keys are denoted by M\-\fIkey\fR, so M\-x means Meta\-X. (On keyboards -without a -.I meta -key, M\-\fIx\fP means ESC \fIx\fP, i.e., press the Escape key -then the -.I x -key. This makes ESC the \fImeta prefix\fP. -The combination M\-C\-\fIx\fP means ESC\-Control\-\fIx\fP, -or press the Escape key -then hold the Control key while pressing the -.I x -key.) -.PP -Readline commands may be given numeric -.IR arguments , -which normally act as a repeat count. Sometimes, however, it is the -sign of the argument that is significant. Passing a negative argument -to a command that acts in the forward direction (e.g., \fBkill\-line\fP) -causes that command to act in a backward direction. Commands whose -behavior with arguments deviates from this are noted. -.PP -When a command is described as \fIkilling\fP text, the text -deleted is saved for possible future retrieval -(\fIyanking\fP). The killed text is saved in a -\fIkill ring\fP. Consecutive kills cause the text to be -accumulated into one unit, which can be yanked all at once. -Commands which do not kill text separate the chunks of text -on the kill ring. -.SH INITIALIZATION FILE -.LP -Readline is customized by putting commands in an initialization -file (the \fIinputrc\fP file). -The name of this file is taken from the value of the -.B INPUTRC -environment variable. If that variable is unset, the default is -.IR ~/.inputrc . -When a program which uses the readline library starts up, the -init file is read, and the key bindings and variables are set. -There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the -readline init file. Blank lines are ignored. -Lines beginning with a \fB#\fP are comments. -Lines beginning with a \fB$\fP indicate conditional constructs. -Other lines denote key bindings and variable settings. -Each program using this library may add its own commands -and bindings. -.PP -For example, placing -.RS -.PP -M\-Control\-u: universal\-argument -.RE -or -.RS -C\-Meta\-u: universal\-argument -.RE -.sp -into the -.I inputrc -would make M\-C\-u execute the readline command -.IR universal\-argument . -.PP -The following symbolic character names are recognized while -processing key bindings: -.IR DEL , -.IR ESC , -.IR ESCAPE , -.IR LFD , -.IR NEWLINE , -.IR RET , -.IR RETURN , -.IR RUBOUT , -.IR SPACE , -.IR SPC , -and -.IR TAB . -.PP -In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound -to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a \fImacro\fP). -.PP -.SS Key Bindings -.PP -The syntax for controlling key bindings in the -.I inputrc -file is simple. All that is required is the name of the -command or the text of a macro and a key sequence to which -it should be bound. The name may be specified in one of two ways: -as a symbolic key name, possibly with \fIMeta\-\fP or \fIControl\-\fP -prefixes, or as a key sequence. -.PP -When using the form \fBkeyname\fP:\^\fIfunction-name\fP or \fImacro\fP, -.I keyname -is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example: -.sp -.RS -Control\-u: universal\-argument -.br -Meta\-Rubout: backward\-kill\-word -.br -Control\-o: "> output" -.RE -.LP -In the above example, -.I C\-u -is bound to the function -.BR universal\-argument , -.I M-DEL -is bound to the function -.BR backward\-kill\-word , -and -.I C\-o -is bound to run the macro -expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text -.if t \f(CW> output\fP -.if n ``> output'' -into the line). -.PP -In the second form, \fB"keyseq"\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP, -.B keyseq -differs from -.B keyname -above in that strings denoting -an entire key sequence may be specified by placing the sequence -within double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key escapes can be -used, as in the following example, but the symbolic character names -are not recognized. -.sp -.RS -"\eC\-u": universal\-argument -.br -"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file -.br -"\ee[11~": "Function Key 1" -.RE -.PP -In this example, -.I C-u -is again bound to the function -.BR universal\-argument . -.I "C-x C-r" -is bound to the function -.BR re\-read\-init\-file , -and -.I "ESC [ 1 1 ~" -is bound to insert the text -.if t \f(CWFunction Key 1\fP. -.if n ``Function Key 1''. -.PP -The full set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences available when specifying -key sequences is -.RS -.PD 0 -.TP -.B \eC\- -control prefix -.TP -.B \eM\- -meta prefix -.TP -.B \ee -an escape character -.TP -.B \e\e -backslash -.TP -.B \e" -literal ", a double quote -.TP -.B \e' -literal ', a single quote -.RE -.PD -.PP -In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second -set of backslash escapes is available: -.RS -.PD 0 -.TP -.B \ea -alert (bell) -.TP -.B \eb -backspace -.TP -.B \ed -delete -.TP -.B \ef -form feed -.TP -.B \en -newline -.TP -.B \er -carriage return -.TP -.B \et -horizontal tab -.TP -.B \ev -vertical tab -.TP -.B \e\fInnn\fP -the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP -(one to three digits) -.TP -.B \ex\fIHH\fP -the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP -(one or two hex digits) -.RE -.PD -.PP -When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes should -be used to indicate a macro definition. Unquoted text -is assumed to be a function name. -In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded. -Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text, -including " and '. -.PP -.B Bash -allows the current readline key bindings to be displayed or modified -with the -.B bind -builtin command. The editing mode may be switched during interactive -use by using the -.B \-o -option to the -.B set -builtin command. Other programs using this library provide -similar mechanisms. The -.I inputrc -file may be edited and re-read if a program does not provide -any other means to incorporate new bindings. -.SS Variables -.PP -Readline has variables that can be used to further customize its -behavior. A variable may be set in the -.I inputrc -file with a statement of the form -.RS -.PP -\fBset\fP \fIvariable\-name\fP \fIvalue\fP -.RE -.PP -Except where noted, readline variables can take the values -.B On -or -.B Off -(without regard to case). -Unrecognized variable names are ignored. -When a variable value is read, empty or null values, "on" (case-insensitive), -and "1" are equivalent to \fBOn\fP. All other values are equivalent to -\fBOff\fP. -The variables and their default values are: -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B bell\-style (audible) -Controls what happens when readline wants to ring the terminal bell. -If set to \fBnone\fP, readline never rings the bell. If set to -\fBvisible\fP, readline uses a visible bell if one is available. -If set to \fBaudible\fP, readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell. -.TP -.B bind\-tty\-special\-chars (On) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline attempts to bind the control characters -treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their readline -equivalents. -.TP -.B comment\-begin (``#'') -The string that is inserted in \fBvi\fP mode when the -.B insert\-comment -command is executed. -This command is bound to -.B M\-# -in emacs mode and to -.B # -in vi command mode. -.TP -.B completion\-ignore\-case (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline performs filename matching and completion -in a case\-insensitive fashion. -.TP -.B completion\-query\-items (100) -This determines when the user is queried about viewing -the number of possible completions -generated by the \fBpossible\-completions\fP command. -It may be set to any integer value greater than or equal to -zero. If the number of possible completions is greater than -or equal to the value of this variable, the user is asked whether -or not he wishes to view them; otherwise they are simply listed -on the terminal. A negative value causes readline to never ask. -.TP -.B convert\-meta (On) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will convert characters with the -eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence -by stripping the eighth bit and prefixing it with an -escape character (in effect, using escape as the \fImeta prefix\fP). -.TP -.B disable\-completion (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will inhibit word completion. Completion -characters will be inserted into the line as if they had been -mapped to \fBself-insert\fP. -.TP -.B editing\-mode (emacs) -Controls whether readline begins with a set of key bindings similar -to emacs or vi. -.B editing\-mode -can be set to either -.B emacs -or -.BR vi . -.TP -.B enable\-keypad (Off) -When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will try to enable the application -keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the -arrow keys. -.TP -.B expand\-tilde (Off) -If set to \fBon\fP, tilde expansion is performed when readline -attempts word completion. -.TP -.B history\-preserve\-point (Off) -If set to \fBon\fP, the history code attempts to place point at the -same location on each history line retrieved with \fBprevious-history\fP -or \fBnext-history\fP. -.TP -.B horizontal\-scroll\-mode (Off) -When set to \fBOn\fP, makes readline use a single line for display, -scrolling the input horizontally on a single screen line when it -becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping to a new line. -.TP -.B input\-meta (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is, -it will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads), -regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The name -.B meta\-flag -is a synonym for this variable. -.TP -.B isearch\-terminators (``C\-[ C\-J'') -The string of characters that should terminate an incremental -search without subsequently executing the character as a command. -If this variable has not been given a value, the characters -\fIESC\fP and \fIC\-J\fP will terminate an incremental search. -.TP -.B keymap (emacs) -Set the current readline keymap. The set of legal keymap names is -\fIemacs, emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, vi-move, -vi-command\fP, and -.IR vi-insert . -\fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is -equivalent to \fIemacs-standard\fP. The default value is -.IR emacs . -The value of -.B editing\-mode -also affects the default keymap. -.TP -.B mark\-directories (On) -If set to \fBOn\fP, completed directory names have a slash -appended. -.TP -.B mark\-modified\-lines (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, history lines that have been modified are displayed -with a preceding asterisk (\fB*\fP). -.TP -.B mark\-symlinked\-directories (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, completed names which are symbolic links to directories -have a slash appended (subject to the value of -\fBmark\-directories\fP). -.TP -.B match\-hidden\-files (On) -This variable, when set to \fBOn\fP, causes readline to match files whose -names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when performing filename -completion, unless the leading `.' is -supplied by the user in the filename to be completed. -.TP -.B output\-meta (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display characters with the -eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape -sequence. -.TP -.B page\-completions (On) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline uses an internal \fImore\fP-like pager -to display a screenful of possible completions at a time. -.TP -.B print\-completions\-horizontally (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display completions with matches -sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen. -.TP -.B show\-all\-if\-ambiguous (Off) -This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If -set to -.BR on , -words which have more than one possible completion cause the -matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell. -.TP -.B show\-all\-if\-unmodified (Off) -This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in -a fashion similar to \fBshow\-all\-if\-ambiguous\fP. -If set to -.BR on , -words which have more than one possible completion without any -possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share -a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead -of ringing the bell. -.TP -.B visible\-stats (Off) -If set to \fBOn\fP, a character denoting a file's type as reported -by \fIstat\fP(2) is appended to the filename when listing possible -completions. -.PD -.SS Conditional Constructs -.PP -Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional -compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key -bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result -of tests. There are four parser directives used. -.IP \fB$if\fP -The -.B $if -construct allows bindings to be made based on the -editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using -readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line; -no characters are required to isolate it. -.RS -.IP \fBmode\fP -The \fBmode=\fP form of the \fB$if\fP directive is used to test -whether readline is in emacs or vi mode. -This may be used in conjunction -with the \fBset keymap\fP command, for instance, to set bindings in -the \fIemacs-standard\fP and \fIemacs-ctlx\fP keymaps only if -readline is starting out in emacs mode. -.IP \fBterm\fP -The \fBterm=\fP form may be used to include terminal-specific -key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the -terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the -.B = -is tested against the full name of the terminal and the portion -of the terminal name before the first \fB\-\fP. This allows -.I sun -to match both -.I sun -and -.IR sun\-cmd , -for instance. -.IP \fBapplication\fP -The \fBapplication\fP construct is used to include -application-specific settings. Each program using the readline -library sets the \fIapplication name\fP, and an initialization -file can test for a particular value. -This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for -a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a -key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash: -.sp 1 -.RS -.nf -\fB$if\fP Bash -# Quote the current or previous word -"\eC-xq": "\eeb\e"\eef\e"" -\fB$endif\fP -.fi -.RE -.RE -.IP \fB$endif\fP -This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an -\fB$if\fP command. -.IP \fB$else\fP -Commands in this branch of the \fB$if\fP directive are executed if -the test fails. -.IP \fB$include\fP -This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands -and bindings from that file. For example, the following directive -would read \fI/etc/inputrc\fP: -.sp 1 -.RS -.nf -\fB$include\fP \^ \fI/etc/inputrc\fP -.fi -.RE -.SH SEARCHING -.PP -Readline provides commands for searching through the command history -for lines containing a specified string. -There are two search modes: -.I incremental -and -.IR non-incremental . -.PP -Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the -search string. -As each character of the search string is typed, readline displays -the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far. -An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to -find the desired history entry. -To search backward in the history for a particular string, type -\fBC\-r\fP. Typing \fBC\-s\fP searches forward through the history. -The characters present in the value of the \fBisearch-terminators\fP -variable are used to terminate an incremental search. -If that variable has not been assigned a value the \fIEscape\fP and -\fBC\-J\fP characters will terminate an incremental search. -\fBC\-G\fP will abort an incremental search and restore the original -line. -When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the -search string becomes the current line. -.PP -To find other matching entries in the history list, type \fBC\-s\fP or -\fBC\-r\fP as appropriate. -This will search backward or forward in the history for the next -line matching the search string typed so far. -Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will terminate -the search and execute that command. -For instance, a newline will terminate the search and accept -the line, thereby executing the command from the history list. -A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found -the current line, and begin editing. -.PP -Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting -to search for matching history lines. The search string may be -typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line. -.SH EDITING COMMANDS -.PP -The following is a list of the names of the commands and the default -key sequences to which they are bound. -Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default. -.PP -In the following descriptions, \fIpoint\fP refers to the current cursor -position, and \fImark\fP refers to a cursor position saved by the -\fBset\-mark\fP command. -The text between the point and mark is referred to as the \fIregion\fP. -.SS Commands for Moving -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B beginning\-of\-line (C\-a) -Move to the start of the current line. -.TP -.B end\-of\-line (C\-e) -Move to the end of the line. -.TP -.B forward\-char (C\-f) -Move forward a character. -.TP -.B backward\-char (C\-b) -Move back a character. -.TP -.B forward\-word (M\-f) -Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of -alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). -.TP -.B backward\-word (M\-b) -Move back to the start of the current or previous word. Words are -composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). -.TP -.B clear\-screen (C\-l) -Clear the screen leaving the current line at the top of the screen. -With an argument, refresh the current line without clearing the -screen. -.TP -.B redraw\-current\-line -Refresh the current line. -.PD -.SS Commands for Manipulating the History -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B accept\-line (Newline, Return) -Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. -If this line is -non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with -\fBadd_history()\fP. -If the line is a modified history line, the history line is restored to its original state. -.TP -.B previous\-history (C\-p) -Fetch the previous command from the history list, moving back in -the list. -.TP -.B next\-history (C\-n) -Fetch the next command from the history list, moving forward in the -list. -.TP -.B beginning\-of\-history (M\-<) -Move to the first line in the history. -.TP -.B end\-of\-history (M\->) -Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently being -entered. -.TP -.B reverse\-search\-history (C\-r) -Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through -the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. -.TP -.B forward\-search\-history (C\-s) -Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through -the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. -.TP -.B non\-incremental\-reverse\-search\-history (M\-p) -Search backward through the history starting at the current line -using a non-incremental search for a string supplied by the user. -.TP -.B non\-incremental\-forward\-search\-history (M\-n) -Search forward through the history using a non-incremental search -for a string supplied by the user. -.TP -.B history\-search\-forward -Search forward through the history for the string of characters -between the start of the current line and the current cursor -position (the \fIpoint\fP). -This is a non-incremental search. -.TP -.B history\-search\-backward -Search backward through the history for the string of characters -between the start of the current line and the point. -This is a non-incremental search. -.TP -.B yank\-nth\-arg (M\-C\-y) -Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually -the second word on the previous line) at point. -With an argument -.IR n , -insert the \fIn\fPth word from the previous command (the words -in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument -inserts the \fIn\fPth word from the end of the previous command. -Once the argument \fIn\fP is computed, the argument is extracted -as if the "!\fIn\fP" history expansion had been specified. -.TP -.B -yank\-last\-arg (M\-.\^, M\-_\^) -Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last word of -the previous history entry). With an argument, -behave exactly like \fByank\-nth\-arg\fP. -Successive calls to \fByank\-last\-arg\fP move back through the history -list, inserting the last argument of each line in turn. -The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument, -as if the "!$" history expansion had been specified. -.PD -.SS Commands for Changing Text -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B delete\-char (C\-d) -Delete the character at point. If point is at the -beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and -the last character typed was not bound to \fBdelete\-char\fP, then return -.SM -.BR EOF . -.TP -.B backward\-delete\-char (Rubout) -Delete the character behind the cursor. When given a numeric argument, -save the deleted text on the kill ring. -.TP -.B forward\-backward\-delete\-char -Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the -end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is -deleted. -.TP -.B quoted\-insert (C\-q, C\-v) -Add the next character that you type to the line verbatim. This is -how to insert characters like \fBC\-q\fP, for example. -.TP -.B tab\-insert (M-TAB) -Insert a tab character. -.TP -.B self\-insert (a,\ b,\ A,\ 1,\ !,\ ...) -Insert the character typed. -.TP -.B transpose\-chars (C\-t) -Drag the character before point forward over the character at point, -moving point forward as well. -If point is at the end of the line, then this transposes -the two characters before point. -Negative arguments have no effect. -.TP -.B transpose\-words (M\-t) -Drag the word before point past the word after point, -moving point over that word as well. -If point is at the end of the line, this transposes -the last two words on the line. -.TP -.B upcase\-word (M\-u) -Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, -uppercase the previous word, but do not move point. -.TP -.B downcase\-word (M\-l) -Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, -lowercase the previous word, but do not move point. -.TP -.B capitalize\-word (M\-c) -Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, -capitalize the previous word, but do not move point. -.TP -.B overwrite\-mode -Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument, -switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric -argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only -\fBemacs\fP mode; \fBvi\fP mode does overwrite differently. -Each call to \fIreadline()\fP starts in insert mode. -In overwrite mode, characters bound to \fBself\-insert\fP replace -the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right. -Characters bound to \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP replace the character -before point with a space. By default, this command is unbound. -.PD -.SS Killing and Yanking -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B kill\-line (C\-k) -Kill the text from point to the end of the line. -.TP -.B backward\-kill\-line (C\-x Rubout) -Kill backward to the beginning of the line. -.TP -.B unix\-line\-discard (C\-u) -Kill backward from point to the beginning of the line. -The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. -.\" There is no real difference between this and backward-kill-line -.TP -.B kill\-whole\-line -Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is. -.TP -.B kill\-word (M\-d) -Kill from point the end of the current word, or if between -words, to the end of the next word. Word boundaries are the same as -those used by \fBforward\-word\fP. -.TP -.B backward\-kill\-word (M\-Rubout) -Kill the word behind point. -Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBbackward\-word\fP. -.TP -.B unix\-word\-rubout (C\-w) -Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary. -The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. -.TP -.B unix\-filename\-rubout -Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character -as the word boundaries. -The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. -.TP -.B delete\-horizontal\-space (M\-\e) -Delete all spaces and tabs around point. -.TP -.B kill\-region -Kill the text between the point and \fImark\fP (saved cursor position). -This text is referred to as the \fIregion\fP. -.TP -.B copy\-region\-as\-kill -Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer. -.TP -.B copy\-backward\-word -Copy the word before point to the kill buffer. -The word boundaries are the same as \fBbackward\-word\fP. -.TP -.B copy\-forward\-word -Copy the word following point to the kill buffer. -The word boundaries are the same as \fBforward\-word\fP. -.TP -.B yank (C\-y) -Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point. -.TP -.B yank\-pop (M\-y) -Rotate the kill ring, and yank the new top. Only works following -.B yank -or -.BR yank\-pop . -.PD -.SS Numeric Arguments -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B digit\-argument (M\-0, M\-1, ..., M\-\-) -Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new -argument. M\-\- starts a negative argument. -.TP -.B universal\-argument -This is another way to specify an argument. -If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a -leading minus sign, those digits define the argument. -If the command is followed by digits, executing -.B universal\-argument -again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored. -As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a -character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count -for the next command is multiplied by four. -The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the -first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the -argument count sixteen, and so on. -.PD -.SS Completing -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B complete (TAB) -Attempt to perform completion on the text before point. -The actual completion performed is application-specific. -.BR Bash , -for instance, attempts completion treating the text as a variable -(if the text begins with \fB$\fP), username (if the text begins with -\fB~\fP), hostname (if the text begins with \fB@\fP), or -command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none -of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted. -.BR Gdb , -on the other hand, -allows completion of program functions and variables, and -only attempts filename completion under certain circumstances. -.TP -.B possible\-completions (M\-?) -List the possible completions of the text before point. -.TP -.B insert\-completions (M\-*) -Insert all completions of the text before point -that would have been generated by -\fBpossible\-completions\fP. -.TP -.B menu\-complete -Similar to \fBcomplete\fP, but replaces the word to be completed -with a single match from the list of possible completions. -Repeated execution of \fBmenu\-complete\fP steps through the list -of possible completions, inserting each match in turn. -At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung -(subject to the setting of \fBbell\-style\fP) -and the original text is restored. -An argument of \fIn\fP moves \fIn\fP positions forward in the list -of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward -through the list. -This command is intended to be bound to \fBTAB\fP, but is unbound -by default. -.TP -.B delete\-char\-or\-list -Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or -end of the line (like \fBdelete-char\fP). -If at the end of the line, behaves identically to -\fBpossible-completions\fP. -.PD -.SS Keyboard Macros -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B start\-kbd\-macro (C\-x (\^) -Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro. -.TP -.B end\-kbd\-macro (C\-x )\^) -Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro -and store the definition. -.TP -.B call\-last\-kbd\-macro (C\-x e) -Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters -in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard. -.PD -.SS Miscellaneous -.PP -.PD 0 -.TP -.B re\-read\-init\-file (C\-x C\-r) -Read in the contents of the \fIinputrc\fP file, and incorporate -any bindings or variable assignments found there. -.TP -.B abort (C\-g) -Abort the current editing command and -ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of -.BR bell\-style ). -.TP -.B do\-uppercase\-version (M\-a, M\-b, M\-\fIx\fP, ...) -If the metafied character \fIx\fP is lowercase, run the command -that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character. -.TP -.B prefix\-meta (ESC) -Metafy the next character typed. -.SM -.B ESC -.B f -is equivalent to -.BR Meta\-f . -.TP -.B undo (C\-_, C\-x C\-u) -Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line. -.TP -.B revert\-line (M\-r) -Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the -.B undo -command enough times to return the line to its initial state. -.TP -.B tilde\-expand (M\-&) -Perform tilde expansion on the current word. -.TP -.B set\-mark (C\-@, M\-) -Set the mark to the point. If a -numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position. -.TP -.B exchange\-point\-and\-mark (C\-x C\-x) -Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to -the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark. -.TP -.B character\-search (C\-]) -A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that -character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences. -.TP -.B character\-search\-backward (M\-C\-]) -A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence of that -character. A negative count searches for subsequent occurrences. -.TP -.B insert\-comment (M\-#) -Without a numeric argument, the value of the readline -.B comment\-begin -variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line. -If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if -the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value -of \fBcomment\-begin\fP, the value is inserted, otherwise -the characters in \fBcomment-begin\fP are deleted from the beginning of -the line. -In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed. -The default value of -.B comment\-begin -makes the current line a shell comment. -If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line -will be executed by the shell. -.TP -.B dump\-functions -Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the -readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, -the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part -of an \fIinputrc\fP file. -.TP -.B dump\-variables -Print all of the settable variables and their values to the -readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, -the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part -of an \fIinputrc\fP file. -.TP -.B dump\-macros -Print all of the readline key sequences bound to macros and the -strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied, -the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part -of an \fIinputrc\fP file. -.TP -.B emacs\-editing\-mode (C\-e) -When in -.B vi -command mode, this causes a switch to -.B emacs -editing mode. -.TP -.B vi\-editing\-mode (M\-C\-j) -When in -.B emacs -editing mode, this causes a switch to -.B vi -editing mode. -.PD -.SH DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS -.LP -The following is a list of the default emacs and vi bindings. -Characters with the eighth bit set are written as M\-, and -are referred to as -.I metafied -characters. -The printable ASCII characters not mentioned in the list of emacs -standard bindings are bound to the -.B self\-insert -function, which just inserts the given character into the input line. -In vi insertion mode, all characters not specifically mentioned are -bound to -.BR self\-insert . -Characters assigned to signal generation by -.IR stty (1) -or the terminal driver, such as C-Z or C-C, -retain that function. -Upper and lower case metafied characters are bound to the same function in -the emacs mode meta keymap. -The remaining characters are unbound, which causes readline -to ring the bell (subject to the setting of the -.B bell\-style -variable). -.SS Emacs Mode -.RS +.6i -.nf -.ta 2.5i -.sp -Emacs Standard bindings -.sp -"C-@" set-mark -"C-A" beginning-of-line -"C-B" backward-char -"C-D" delete-char -"C-E" end-of-line -"C-F" forward-char -"C-G" abort -"C-H" backward-delete-char -"C-I" complete -"C-J" accept-line -"C-K" kill-line -"C-L" clear-screen -"C-M" accept-line -"C-N" next-history -"C-P" previous-history -"C-Q" quoted-insert -"C-R" reverse-search-history -"C-S" forward-search-history -"C-T" transpose-chars -"C-U" unix-line-discard -"C-V" quoted-insert -"C-W" unix-word-rubout -"C-Y" yank -"C-]" character-search -"C-_" undo -"\^ " to "/" self-insert -"0" to "9" self-insert -":" to "~" self-insert -"C-?" backward-delete-char -.PP -Emacs Meta bindings -.sp -"M-C-G" abort -"M-C-H" backward-kill-word -"M-C-I" tab-insert -"M-C-J" vi-editing-mode -"M-C-M" vi-editing-mode -"M-C-R" revert-line -"M-C-Y" yank-nth-arg -"M-C-[" complete -"M-C-]" character-search-backward -"M-space" set-mark -"M-#" insert-comment -"M-&" tilde-expand -"M-*" insert-completions -"M--" digit-argument -"M-." yank-last-arg -"M-0" digit-argument -"M-1" digit-argument -"M-2" digit-argument -"M-3" digit-argument -"M-4" digit-argument -"M-5" digit-argument -"M-6" digit-argument -"M-7" digit-argument -"M-8" digit-argument -"M-9" digit-argument -"M-<" beginning-of-history -"M-=" possible-completions -"M->" end-of-history -"M-?" possible-completions -"M-B" backward-word -"M-C" capitalize-word -"M-D" kill-word -"M-F" forward-word -"M-L" downcase-word -"M-N" non-incremental-forward-search-history -"M-P" non-incremental-reverse-search-history -"M-R" revert-line -"M-T" transpose-words -"M-U" upcase-word -"M-Y" yank-pop -"M-\e" delete-horizontal-space -"M-~" tilde-expand -"M-C-?" backward-kill-word -"M-_" yank-last-arg -.PP -Emacs Control-X bindings -.sp -"C-XC-G" abort -"C-XC-R" re-read-init-file -"C-XC-U" undo -"C-XC-X" exchange-point-and-mark -"C-X(" start-kbd-macro -"C-X)" end-kbd-macro -"C-XE" call-last-kbd-macro -"C-XC-?" backward-kill-line -.sp -.RE -.SS VI Mode bindings -.RS +.6i -.nf -.ta 2.5i -.sp -.PP -VI Insert Mode functions -.sp -"C-D" vi-eof-maybe -"C-H" backward-delete-char -"C-I" complete -"C-J" accept-line -"C-M" accept-line -"C-R" reverse-search-history -"C-S" forward-search-history -"C-T" transpose-chars -"C-U" unix-line-discard -"C-V" quoted-insert -"C-W" unix-word-rubout -"C-Y" yank -"C-[" vi-movement-mode -"C-_" undo -"\^ " to "~" self-insert -"C-?" backward-delete-char -.PP -VI Command Mode functions -.sp -"C-D" vi-eof-maybe -"C-E" emacs-editing-mode -"C-G" abort -"C-H" backward-char -"C-J" accept-line -"C-K" kill-line -"C-L" clear-screen -"C-M" accept-line -"C-N" next-history -"C-P" previous-history -"C-Q" quoted-insert -"C-R" reverse-search-history -"C-S" forward-search-history -"C-T" transpose-chars -"C-U" unix-line-discard -"C-V" quoted-insert -"C-W" unix-word-rubout -"C-Y" yank -"C-_" vi-undo -"\^ " forward-char -"#" insert-comment -"$" end-of-line -"%" vi-match -"&" vi-tilde-expand -"*" vi-complete -"+" next-history -"," vi-char-search -"-" previous-history -"." vi-redo -"/" vi-search -"0" beginning-of-line -"1" to "9" vi-arg-digit -";" vi-char-search -"=" vi-complete -"?" vi-search -"A" vi-append-eol -"B" vi-prev-word -"C" vi-change-to -"D" vi-delete-to -"E" vi-end-word -"F" vi-char-search -"G" vi-fetch-history -"I" vi-insert-beg -"N" vi-search-again -"P" vi-put -"R" vi-replace -"S" vi-subst -"T" vi-char-search -"U" revert-line -"W" vi-next-word -"X" backward-delete-char -"Y" vi-yank-to -"\e" vi-complete -"^" vi-first-print -"_" vi-yank-arg -"`" vi-goto-mark -"a" vi-append-mode -"b" vi-prev-word -"c" vi-change-to -"d" vi-delete-to -"e" vi-end-word -"f" vi-char-search -"h" backward-char -"i" vi-insertion-mode -"j" next-history -"k" prev-history -"l" forward-char -"m" vi-set-mark -"n" vi-search-again -"p" vi-put -"r" vi-change-char -"s" vi-subst -"t" vi-char-search -"u" vi-undo -"w" vi-next-word -"x" vi-delete -"y" vi-yank-to -"|" vi-column -"~" vi-change-case -.RE -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.PD 0 -.TP -\fIThe Gnu Readline Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey -.TP -\fIThe Gnu History Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey -.TP -\fIbash\fP(1) -.PD -.SH FILES -.PD 0 -.TP -.FN ~/.inputrc -Individual \fBreadline\fP initialization file -.PD -.SH AUTHORS -Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation -.br -bfox@gnu.org -.PP -Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University -.br -chet@ins.CWRU.Edu -.SH BUG REPORTS -If you find a bug in -.B readline, -you should report it. But first, you should -make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest -version of the -.B readline -library that you have. -.PP -Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, mail a -bug report to \fIbug\-readline\fP@\fIgnu.org\fP. -If you have a fix, you are welcome to mail that -as well! Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed -to \fPbug-readline\fP@\fIgnu.org\fP or posted to the Usenet -newsgroup -.BR gnu.bash.bug . -.PP -Comments and bug reports concerning -this manual page should be directed to -.IR chet@ins.CWRU.Edu . -.SH BUGS -.PP -It's too big and too slow. Index: rluser.texi =================================================================== --- rluser.texi (revision 816) +++ rluser.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,1846 +0,0 @@ -@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@setfilename rluser.info -@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@setchapternewpage odd - -@ignore -This file documents the end user interface to the GNU command line -editing features. It is to be an appendix to manuals for programs which -use these features. There is a document entitled "readline.texinfo" -which contains both end-user and programmer documentation for the -GNU Readline Library. - -Copyright (C) 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey. - -Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice -identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this -paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual -provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on -all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the -GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that -the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -@end ignore - -@comment If you are including this manual as an appendix, then set the -@comment variable readline-appendix. - -@ifclear BashFeatures -@defcodeindex bt -@end ifclear - -@node Command Line Editing -@chapter Command Line Editing - -This chapter describes the basic features of the @sc{gnu} -command line editing interface. -@ifset BashFeatures -Command line editing is provided by the Readline library, which is -used by several different programs, including Bash. -@end ifset - -@menu -* Introduction and Notation:: Notation used in this text. -* Readline Interaction:: The minimum set of commands for editing a line. -* Readline Init File:: Customizing Readline from a user's view. -* Bindable Readline Commands:: A description of most of the Readline commands - available for binding -* Readline vi Mode:: A short description of how to make Readline - behave like the vi editor. -@ifset BashFeatures -* Programmable Completion:: How to specify the possible completions for - a specific command. -* Programmable Completion Builtins:: Builtin commands to specify how to - complete arguments for a particular command. -@end ifset -@end menu - -@node Introduction and Notation -@section Introduction to Line Editing - -The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent -keystrokes. - -The text @kbd{C-k} is read as `Control-K' and describes the character -produced when the @key{k} key is pressed while the Control key -is depressed. - -The text @kbd{M-k} is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character -produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the @key{k} -key is pressed. -The Meta key is labeled @key{ALT} on many keyboards. -On keyboards with two keys labeled @key{ALT} (usually to either side of -the space bar), the @key{ALT} on the left side is generally set to -work as a Meta key. -The @key{ALT} key on the right may also be configured to work as a -Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a -Compose key for typing accented characters. - -If you do not have a Meta or @key{ALT} key, or another key working as -a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing @key{ESC} -@emph{first}, and then typing @key{k}. -Either process is known as @dfn{metafying} the @key{k} key. - -The text @kbd{M-C-k} is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the -character produced by @dfn{metafying} @kbd{C-k}. - -In addition, several keys have their own names. Specifically, -@key{DEL}, @key{ESC}, @key{LFD}, @key{SPC}, @key{RET}, and @key{TAB} all -stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file -(@pxref{Readline Init File}). -If your keyboard lacks a @key{LFD} key, typing @key{C-j} will -produce the desired character. -The @key{RET} key may be labeled @key{Return} or @key{Enter} on -some keyboards. - -@node Readline Interaction -@section Readline Interaction -@cindex interaction, readline - -Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text, -only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled. The -Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text -as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing -you to retype the majority of the line. Using these editing commands, -you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or -insert the text of the corrections. Then, when you are satisfied with -the line, you simply press @key{RET}. You do not have to be at the -end of the line to press @key{RET}; the entire line is accepted -regardless of the location of the cursor within the line. - -@menu -* Readline Bare Essentials:: The least you need to know about Readline. -* Readline Movement Commands:: Moving about the input line. -* Readline Killing Commands:: How to delete text, and how to get it back! -* Readline Arguments:: Giving numeric arguments to commands. -* Searching:: Searching through previous lines. -@end menu - -@node Readline Bare Essentials -@subsection Readline Bare Essentials -@cindex notation, readline -@cindex command editing -@cindex editing command lines - -In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them. The typed -character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one -space to the right. If you mistype a character, you can use your -erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character. - -Sometimes you may mistype a character, and -not notice the error until you have typed several other characters. In -that case, you can type @kbd{C-b} to move the cursor to the left, and then -correct your mistake. Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right -with @kbd{C-f}. - -When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters -to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text -that you have inserted. Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor, -characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the -blank space created by the removal of the text. A list of the bare -essentials for editing the text of an input line follows. - -@table @asis -@item @kbd{C-b} -Move back one character. -@item @kbd{C-f} -Move forward one character. -@item @key{DEL} or @key{Backspace} -Delete the character to the left of the cursor. -@item @kbd{C-d} -Delete the character underneath the cursor. -@item @w{Printing characters} -Insert the character into the line at the cursor. -@item @kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x C-u} -Undo the last editing command. You can undo all the way back to an -empty line. -@end table - -@noindent -(Depending on your configuration, the @key{Backspace} key be set to -delete the character to the left of the cursor and the @key{DEL} key set -to delete the character underneath the cursor, like @kbd{C-d}, rather -than the character to the left of the cursor.) - -@node Readline Movement Commands -@subsection Readline Movement Commands - - -The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need -in order to do editing of the input line. For your convenience, many -other commands have been added in addition to @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-f}, -@kbd{C-d}, and @key{DEL}. Here are some commands for moving more rapidly -about the line. - -@table @kbd -@item C-a -Move to the start of the line. -@item C-e -Move to the end of the line. -@item M-f -Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits. -@item M-b -Move backward a word. -@item C-l -Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top. -@end table - -Notice how @kbd{C-f} moves forward a character, while @kbd{M-f} moves -forward a word. It is a loose convention that control keystrokes -operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words. - -@node Readline Killing Commands -@subsection Readline Killing Commands - -@cindex killing text -@cindex yanking text - -@dfn{Killing} text means to delete the text from the line, but to save -it away for later use, usually by @dfn{yanking} (re-inserting) -it back into the line. -(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.) - -If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can -be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same) -place later. - -When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a @dfn{kill-ring}. -Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so -that when you yank it back, you get it all. The kill -ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously -typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing -another line. -@cindex kill ring - -Here is the list of commands for killing text. - -@table @kbd -@item C-k -Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line. - -@item M-d -Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between -words, to the end of the next word. -Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-f}. - -@item M-@key{DEL} -Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between -words, to the start of the previous word. -Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-b}. - -@item C-w -Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace. This is different than -@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} because the word boundaries differ. - -@end table - -Here is how to @dfn{yank} the text back into the line. Yanking -means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer. - -@table @kbd -@item C-y -Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor. - -@item M-y -Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if -the prior command is @kbd{C-y} or @kbd{M-y}. -@end table - -@node Readline Arguments -@subsection Readline Arguments - -You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands. Sometimes the -argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the @i{sign} of the -argument that is significant. If you pass a negative argument to a -command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will -act in a backward direction. For example, to kill text back to the -start of the line, you might type @samp{M-- C-k}. - -The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta -digits before the command. If the first `digit' typed is a minus -sign (@samp{-}), then the sign of the argument will be negative. Once -you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type -the remainder of the digits, and then the command. For example, to give -the @kbd{C-d} command an argument of 10, you could type @samp{M-1 0 C-d}, -which will delete the next ten characters on the input line. - -@node Searching -@subsection Searching for Commands in the History - -Readline provides commands for searching through the command history -@ifset BashFeatures -(@pxref{Bash History Facilities}) -@end ifset -for lines containing a specified string. -There are two search modes: @dfn{incremental} and @dfn{non-incremental}. - -Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the -search string. -As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays -the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far. -An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to -find the desired history entry. -To search backward in the history for a particular string, type -@kbd{C-r}. Typing @kbd{C-s} searches forward through the history. -The characters present in the value of the @code{isearch-terminators} variable -are used to terminate an incremental search. -If that variable has not been assigned a value, the @key{ESC} and -@kbd{C-J} characters will terminate an incremental search. -@kbd{C-g} will abort an incremental search and restore the original line. -When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the -search string becomes the current line. - -To find other matching entries in the history list, type @kbd{C-r} or -@kbd{C-s} as appropriate. -This will search backward or forward in the history for the next -entry matching the search string typed so far. -Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate -the search and execute that command. -For instance, a @key{RET} will terminate the search and accept -the line, thereby executing the command from the history list. -A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found -the current line, and begin editing. - -Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two -@kbd{C-r}s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new -search string, any remembered search string is used. - -Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting -to search for matching history lines. The search string may be -typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line. - -@node Readline Init File -@section Readline Init File -@cindex initialization file, readline - -Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like -keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set -of keybindings. -Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting -commands in an @dfn{inputrc} file, conventionally in his home directory. -The name of this -@ifset BashFeatures -file is taken from the value of the shell variable @env{INPUTRC}. If -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -file is taken from the value of the environment variable @env{INPUTRC}. If -@end ifclear -that variable is unset, the default is @file{~/.inputrc}. - -When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the -init file is read, and the key bindings are set. - -In addition, the @code{C-x C-r} command re-reads this init file, thus -incorporating any changes that you might have made to it. - -@menu -* Readline Init File Syntax:: Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file. - -* Conditional Init Constructs:: Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file. - -* Sample Init File:: An example inputrc file. -@end menu - -@node Readline Init File Syntax -@subsection Readline Init File Syntax - -There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the -Readline init file. Blank lines are ignored. -Lines beginning with a @samp{#} are comments. -Lines beginning with a @samp{$} indicate conditional -constructs (@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}). Other lines -denote variable settings and key bindings. - -@table @asis -@item Variable Settings -You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by -altering the values of variables in Readline -using the @code{set} command within the init file. -The syntax is simple: - -@example -set @var{variable} @var{value} -@end example - -@noindent -Here, for example, is how to -change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use -@code{vi} line editing commands: - -@example -set editing-mode vi -@end example - -Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard -to case. Unrecognized variable names are ignored. - -Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if -the value is null or empty, @var{on} (case-insensitive), or 1. Any other -value results in the variable being set to off. - -@ifset BashFeatures -The @w{@code{bind -V}} command lists the current Readline variable names -and values. @xref{Bash Builtins}. -@end ifset - -A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following -variables. - -@cindex variables, readline -@table @code - -@item bell-style -@vindex bell-style -Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell. -If set to @samp{none}, Readline never rings the bell. If set to -@samp{visible}, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available. -If set to @samp{audible} (the default), Readline attempts to ring -the terminal's bell. - -@item bind-tty-special-chars -@vindex bind-tty-special-chars -If set to @samp{on}, Readline attempts to bind the control characters -treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their Readline -equivalents. - -@item comment-begin -@vindex comment-begin -The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the -@code{insert-comment} command is executed. The default value -is @code{"#"}. - -@item completion-ignore-case -If set to @samp{on}, Readline performs filename matching and completion -in a case-insensitive fashion. -The default value is @samp{off}. - -@item completion-query-items -@vindex completion-query-items -The number of possible completions that determines when the user is -asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed. -If the number of possible completions is greater than this value, -Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view -them; otherwise, they are simply listed. -This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0. -A negative value means Readline should never ask. -The default limit is @code{100}. - -@item convert-meta -@vindex convert-meta -If set to @samp{on}, Readline will convert characters with the -eighth bit set to an @sc{ascii} key sequence by stripping the eighth -bit and prefixing an @key{ESC} character, converting them to a -meta-prefixed key sequence. The default value is @samp{on}. - -@item disable-completion -@vindex disable-completion -If set to @samp{On}, Readline will inhibit word completion. -Completion characters will be inserted into the line as if they had -been mapped to @code{self-insert}. The default is @samp{off}. - -@item editing-mode -@vindex editing-mode -The @code{editing-mode} variable controls which default set of -key bindings is used. By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing -mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs. This variable can be -set to either @samp{emacs} or @samp{vi}. - -@item enable-keypad -@vindex enable-keypad -When set to @samp{on}, Readline will try to enable the application -keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the -arrow keys. The default is @samp{off}. - -@item expand-tilde -@vindex expand-tilde -If set to @samp{on}, tilde expansion is performed when Readline -attempts word completion. The default is @samp{off}. - -@item history-preserve-point -@vindex history-preserve-point -If set to @samp{on}, the history code attempts to place point at the -same location on each history line retrieved with @code{previous-history} -or @code{next-history}. The default is @samp{off}. - -@item horizontal-scroll-mode -@vindex horizontal-scroll-mode -This variable can be set to either @samp{on} or @samp{off}. Setting it -to @samp{on} means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll -horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width -of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line. By default, -this variable is set to @samp{off}. - -@item input-meta -@vindex input-meta -@vindex meta-flag -If set to @samp{on}, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it -will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads), -regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The -default value is @samp{off}. The name @code{meta-flag} is a -synonym for this variable. - -@item isearch-terminators -@vindex isearch-terminators -The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without -subsequently executing the character as a command (@pxref{Searching}). -If this variable has not been given a value, the characters @key{ESC} and -@kbd{C-J} will terminate an incremental search. - -@item keymap -@vindex keymap -Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands. -Acceptable @code{keymap} names are -@code{emacs}, -@code{emacs-standard}, -@code{emacs-meta}, -@code{emacs-ctlx}, -@code{vi}, -@code{vi-move}, -@code{vi-command}, and -@code{vi-insert}. -@code{vi} is equivalent to @code{vi-command}; @code{emacs} is -equivalent to @code{emacs-standard}. The default value is @code{emacs}. -The value of the @code{editing-mode} variable also affects the -default keymap. - -@item mark-directories -If set to @samp{on}, completed directory names have a slash -appended. The default is @samp{on}. - -@item mark-modified-lines -@vindex mark-modified-lines -This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to display an -asterisk (@samp{*}) at the start of history lines which have been modified. -This variable is @samp{off} by default. - -@item mark-symlinked-directories -@vindex mark-symlinked-directories -If set to @samp{on}, completed names which are symbolic links -to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of -@code{mark-directories}). -The default is @samp{off}. - -@item match-hidden-files -@vindex match-hidden-files -This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to match files whose -names begin with a @samp{.} (hidden files) when performing filename -completion, unless the leading @samp{.} is -supplied by the user in the filename to be completed. -This variable is @samp{on} by default. - -@item output-meta -@vindex output-meta -If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display characters with the -eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape -sequence. The default is @samp{off}. - -@item page-completions -@vindex page-completions -If set to @samp{on}, Readline uses an internal @code{more}-like pager -to display a screenful of possible completions at a time. -This variable is @samp{on} by default. - -@item print-completions-horizontally -If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display completions with matches -sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen. -The default is @samp{off}. - -@item show-all-if-ambiguous -@vindex show-all-if-ambiguous -This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If -set to @samp{on}, -words which have more than one possible completion cause the -matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell. -The default value is @samp{off}. - -@item show-all-if-unmodified -@vindex show-all-if-unmodified -This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in -a fashion similar to @var{show-all-if-ambiguous}. -If set to @samp{on}, -words which have more than one possible completion without any -possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share -a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead -of ringing the bell. -The default value is @samp{off}. - -@item visible-stats -@vindex visible-stats -If set to @samp{on}, a character denoting a file's type -is appended to the filename when listing possible -completions. The default is @samp{off}. - -@end table - -@item Key Bindings -The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is -simple. First you need to find the name of the command that you -want to change. The following sections contain tables of the command -name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what -the command does. - -Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line -in the init file the name of the key -you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the -command. The name of the key -can be expressed in different ways, depending on what you find most -comfortable. - -In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound -to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a @var{macro}). - -@ifset BashFeatures -The @w{@code{bind -p}} command displays Readline function names and -bindings in a format that can put directly into an initialization file. -@xref{Bash Builtins}. -@end ifset - -@table @asis -@item @w{@var{keyname}: @var{function-name} or @var{macro}} -@var{keyname} is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example: -@example -Control-u: universal-argument -Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word -Control-o: "> output" -@end example - -In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is bound to the function -@code{universal-argument}, -@kbd{M-DEL} is bound to the function @code{backward-kill-word}, and -@kbd{C-o} is bound to run the macro -expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text -@samp{> output} into the line). - -A number of symbolic character names are recognized while -processing this key binding syntax: -@var{DEL}, -@var{ESC}, -@var{ESCAPE}, -@var{LFD}, -@var{NEWLINE}, -@var{RET}, -@var{RETURN}, -@var{RUBOUT}, -@var{SPACE}, -@var{SPC}, -and -@var{TAB}. - -@item @w{"@var{keyseq}": @var{function-name} or @var{macro}} -@var{keyseq} differs from @var{keyname} above in that strings -denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing -the key sequence in double quotes. Some @sc{gnu} Emacs style key -escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the -special character names are not recognized. - -@example -"\C-u": universal-argument -"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file -"\e[11~": "Function Key 1" -@end example - -In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is again bound to the function -@code{universal-argument} (just as it was in the first example), -@samp{@kbd{C-x} @kbd{C-r}} is bound to the function @code{re-read-init-file}, -and @samp{@key{ESC} @key{[} @key{1} @key{1} @key{~}} is bound to insert -the text @samp{Function Key 1}. - -@end table - -The following @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences are available when -specifying key sequences: - -@table @code -@item @kbd{\C-} -control prefix -@item @kbd{\M-} -meta prefix -@item @kbd{\e} -an escape character -@item @kbd{\\} -backslash -@item @kbd{\"} -@key{"}, a double quotation mark -@item @kbd{\'} -@key{'}, a single quote or apostrophe -@end table - -In addition to the @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences, a second -set of backslash escapes is available: - -@table @code -@item \a -alert (bell) -@item \b -backspace -@item \d -delete -@item \f -form feed -@item \n -newline -@item \r -carriage return -@item \t -horizontal tab -@item \v -vertical tab -@item \@var{nnn} -the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn} -(one to three digits) -@item \x@var{HH} -the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH} -(one or two hex digits) -@end table - -When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must -be used to indicate a macro definition. -Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name. -In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded. -Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text, -including @samp{"} and @samp{'}. -For example, the following binding will make @samp{@kbd{C-x} \} -insert a single @samp{\} into the line: -@example -"\C-x\\": "\\" -@end example - -@end table - -@node Conditional Init Constructs -@subsection Conditional Init Constructs - -Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional -compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key -bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result -of tests. There are four parser directives used. - -@table @code -@item $if -The @code{$if} construct allows bindings to be made based on the -editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using -Readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line; -no characters are required to isolate it. - -@table @code -@item mode -The @code{mode=} form of the @code{$if} directive is used to test -whether Readline is in @code{emacs} or @code{vi} mode. -This may be used in conjunction -with the @samp{set keymap} command, for instance, to set bindings in -the @code{emacs-standard} and @code{emacs-ctlx} keymaps only if -Readline is starting out in @code{emacs} mode. - -@item term -The @code{term=} form may be used to include terminal-specific -key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the -terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the -@samp{=} is tested against both the full name of the terminal and -the portion of the terminal name before the first @samp{-}. This -allows @code{sun} to match both @code{sun} and @code{sun-cmd}, -for instance. - -@item application -The @var{application} construct is used to include -application-specific settings. Each program using the Readline -library sets the @var{application name}, and you can test for -a particular value. -This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for -a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a -key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash: -@example -$if Bash -# Quote the current or previous word -"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\"" -$endif -@end example -@end table - -@item $endif -This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an -@code{$if} command. - -@item $else -Commands in this branch of the @code{$if} directive are executed if -the test fails. - -@item $include -This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands -and bindings from that file. -For example, the following directive reads from @file{/etc/inputrc}: -@example -$include /etc/inputrc -@end example -@end table - -@node Sample Init File -@subsection Sample Init File - -Here is an example of an @var{inputrc} file. This illustrates key -binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax. - -@example -@page -# This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for -# programs that use the GNU Readline library. Existing -# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB. -# -# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r. -# Lines beginning with '#' are comments. -# -# First, include any systemwide bindings and variable -# assignments from /etc/Inputrc -$include /etc/Inputrc - -# -# Set various bindings for emacs mode. - -set editing-mode emacs - -$if mode=emacs - -Meta-Control-h: backward-kill-word Text after the function name is ignored - -# -# Arrow keys in keypad mode -# -#"\M-OD": backward-char -#"\M-OC": forward-char -#"\M-OA": previous-history -#"\M-OB": next-history -# -# Arrow keys in ANSI mode -# -"\M-[D": backward-char -"\M-[C": forward-char -"\M-[A": previous-history -"\M-[B": next-history -# -# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode -# -#"\M-\C-OD": backward-char -#"\M-\C-OC": forward-char -#"\M-\C-OA": previous-history -#"\M-\C-OB": next-history -# -# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode -# -#"\M-\C-[D": backward-char -#"\M-\C-[C": forward-char -#"\M-\C-[A": previous-history -#"\M-\C-[B": next-history - -C-q: quoted-insert - -$endif - -# An old-style binding. This happens to be the default. -TAB: complete - -# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction -$if Bash -# edit the path -"\C-xp": "PATH=$@{PATH@}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f" -# prepare to type a quoted word -- -# insert open and close double quotes -# and move to just after the open quote -"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b" -# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes -# in sequences and macros) -"\C-x\\": "\\" -# Quote the current or previous word -"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\"" -# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound -"\C-xr": redraw-current-line -# Edit variable on current line. -"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y=" -$endif - -# use a visible bell if one is available -set bell-style visible - -# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading -set input-meta on - -# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather -# than converted to prefix-meta sequences -set convert-meta off - -# display characters with the eighth bit set directly -# rather than as meta-prefixed characters -set output-meta on - -# if there are more than 150 possible completions for -# a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them -set completion-query-items 150 - -# For FTP -$if Ftp -"\C-xg": "get \M-?" -"\C-xt": "put \M-?" -"\M-.": yank-last-arg -$endif -@end example - -@node Bindable Readline Commands -@section Bindable Readline Commands - -@menu -* Commands For Moving:: Moving about the line. -* Commands For History:: Getting at previous lines. -* Commands For Text:: Commands for changing text. -* Commands For Killing:: Commands for killing and yanking. -* Numeric Arguments:: Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts. -* Commands For Completion:: Getting Readline to do the typing for you. -* Keyboard Macros:: Saving and re-executing typed characters -* Miscellaneous Commands:: Other miscellaneous commands. -@end menu - -This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key -sequences. -@ifset BashFeatures -You can list your key bindings by executing -@w{@code{bind -P}} or, for a more terse format, suitable for an -@var{inputrc} file, @w{@code{bind -p}}. (@xref{Bash Builtins}.) -@end ifset -Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default. - -In the following descriptions, @dfn{point} refers to the current cursor -position, and @dfn{mark} refers to a cursor position saved by the -@code{set-mark} command. -The text between the point and mark is referred to as the @dfn{region}. - -@node Commands For Moving -@subsection Commands For Moving -@ftable @code -@item beginning-of-line (C-a) -Move to the start of the current line. - -@item end-of-line (C-e) -Move to the end of the line. - -@item forward-char (C-f) -Move forward a character. - -@item backward-char (C-b) -Move back a character. - -@item forward-word (M-f) -Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of -letters and digits. - -@item backward-word (M-b) -Move back to the start of the current or previous word. Words are -composed of letters and digits. - -@item clear-screen (C-l) -Clear the screen and redraw the current line, -leaving the current line at the top of the screen. - -@item redraw-current-line () -Refresh the current line. By default, this is unbound. - -@end ftable - -@node Commands For History -@subsection Commands For Manipulating The History - -@ftable @code -@item accept-line (Newline or Return) -@ifset BashFeatures -Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. -If this line is -non-empty, add it to the history list according to the setting of -the @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE} variables. -If this line is a modified history line, then restore the history line -to its original state. -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. -If this line is -non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with -@code{add_history()}. -If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored -to its original state. -@end ifclear - -@item previous-history (C-p) -Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command. - -@item next-history (C-n) -Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command. - -@item beginning-of-history (M-<) -Move to the first line in the history. - -@item end-of-history (M->) -Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently -being entered. - -@item reverse-search-history (C-r) -Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through -the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. - -@item forward-search-history (C-s) -Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through -the the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. - -@item non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p) -Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' -through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search -for a string supplied by the user. - -@item non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n) -Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' -through the the history as necessary using a non-incremental search -for a string supplied by the user. - -@item history-search-forward () -Search forward through the history for the string of characters -between the start of the current line and the point. -This is a non-incremental search. -By default, this command is unbound. - -@item history-search-backward () -Search backward through the history for the string of characters -between the start of the current line and the point. This -is a non-incremental search. By default, this command is unbound. - -@item yank-nth-arg (M-C-y) -Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually -the second word on the previous line) at point. -With an argument @var{n}, -insert the @var{n}th word from the previous command (the words -in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument -inserts the @var{n}th word from the end of the previous command. -Once the argument @var{n} is computed, the argument is extracted -as if the @samp{!@var{n}} history expansion had been specified. - -@item yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_) -Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the -previous history entry). With an -argument, behave exactly like @code{yank-nth-arg}. -Successive calls to @code{yank-last-arg} move back through the history -list, inserting the last argument of each line in turn. -The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument, -as if the @samp{!$} history expansion had been specified. - -@end ftable - -@node Commands For Text -@subsection Commands For Changing Text - -@ftable @code -@item delete-char (C-d) -Delete the character at point. If point is at the -beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and -the last character typed was not bound to @code{delete-char}, then -return @sc{eof}. - -@item backward-delete-char (Rubout) -Delete the character behind the cursor. A numeric argument means -to kill the characters instead of deleting them. - -@item forward-backward-delete-char () -Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the -end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is -deleted. By default, this is not bound to a key. - -@item quoted-insert (C-q or C-v) -Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is -how to insert key sequences like @kbd{C-q}, for example. - -@ifclear BashFeatures -@item tab-insert (M-@key{TAB}) -Insert a tab character. -@end ifclear - -@item self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, @dots{}) -Insert yourself. - -@item transpose-chars (C-t) -Drag the character before the cursor forward over -the character at the cursor, moving the -cursor forward as well. If the insertion point -is at the end of the line, then this -transposes the last two characters of the line. -Negative arguments have no effect. - -@item transpose-words (M-t) -Drag the word before point past the word after point, -moving point past that word as well. -If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes -the last two words on the line. - -@item upcase-word (M-u) -Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, -uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor. - -@item downcase-word (M-l) -Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, -lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor. - -@item capitalize-word (M-c) -Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, -capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor. - -@item overwrite-mode () -Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument, -switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric -argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only -@code{emacs} mode; @code{vi} mode does overwrite differently. -Each call to @code{readline()} starts in insert mode. - -In overwrite mode, characters bound to @code{self-insert} replace -the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right. -Characters bound to @code{backward-delete-char} replace the character -before point with a space. - -By default, this command is unbound. - -@end ftable - -@node Commands For Killing -@subsection Killing And Yanking - -@ftable @code - -@item kill-line (C-k) -Kill the text from point to the end of the line. - -@item backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout) -Kill backward to the beginning of the line. - -@item unix-line-discard (C-u) -Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. - -@item kill-whole-line () -Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is. -By default, this is unbound. - -@item kill-word (M-d) -Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between -words, to the end of the next word. -Word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}. - -@item backward-kill-word (M-@key{DEL}) -Kill the word behind point. -Word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}. - -@item unix-word-rubout (C-w) -Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary. -The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. - -@item unix-filename-rubout () -Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character -as the word boundaries. -The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. - -@item delete-horizontal-space () -Delete all spaces and tabs around point. By default, this is unbound. - -@item kill-region () -Kill the text in the current region. -By default, this command is unbound. - -@item copy-region-as-kill () -Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked -right away. By default, this command is unbound. - -@item copy-backward-word () -Copy the word before point to the kill buffer. -The word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}. -By default, this command is unbound. - -@item copy-forward-word () -Copy the word following point to the kill buffer. -The word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}. -By default, this command is unbound. - -@item yank (C-y) -Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point. - -@item yank-pop (M-y) -Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if -the prior command is @code{yank} or @code{yank-pop}. -@end ftable - -@node Numeric Arguments -@subsection Specifying Numeric Arguments -@ftable @code - -@item digit-argument (@kbd{M-0}, @kbd{M-1}, @dots{} @kbd{M--}) -Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new -argument. @kbd{M--} starts a negative argument. - -@item universal-argument () -This is another way to specify an argument. -If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a -leading minus sign, those digits define the argument. -If the command is followed by digits, executing @code{universal-argument} -again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored. -As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a -character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count -for the next command is multiplied by four. -The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the -first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the -argument count sixteen, and so on. -By default, this is not bound to a key. -@end ftable - -@node Commands For Completion -@subsection Letting Readline Type For You - -@ftable @code -@item complete (@key{TAB}) -Attempt to perform completion on the text before point. -The actual completion performed is application-specific. -@ifset BashFeatures -Bash attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the -text begins with @samp{$}), username (if the text begins with -@samp{~}), hostname (if the text begins with @samp{@@}), or -command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none -of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted. -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -The default is filename completion. -@end ifclear - -@item possible-completions (M-?) -List the possible completions of the text before point. - -@item insert-completions (M-*) -Insert all completions of the text before point that would have -been generated by @code{possible-completions}. - -@item menu-complete () -Similar to @code{complete}, but replaces the word to be completed -with a single match from the list of possible completions. -Repeated execution of @code{menu-complete} steps through the list -of possible completions, inserting each match in turn. -At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung -(subject to the setting of @code{bell-style}) -and the original text is restored. -An argument of @var{n} moves @var{n} positions forward in the list -of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward -through the list. -This command is intended to be bound to @key{TAB}, but is unbound -by default. - -@item delete-char-or-list () -Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or -end of the line (like @code{delete-char}). -If at the end of the line, behaves identically to -@code{possible-completions}. -This command is unbound by default. - -@ifset BashFeatures -@item complete-filename (M-/) -Attempt filename completion on the text before point. - -@item possible-filename-completions (C-x /) -List the possible completions of the text before point, -treating it as a filename. - -@item complete-username (M-~) -Attempt completion on the text before point, treating -it as a username. - -@item possible-username-completions (C-x ~) -List the possible completions of the text before point, -treating it as a username. - -@item complete-variable (M-$) -Attempt completion on the text before point, treating -it as a shell variable. - -@item possible-variable-completions (C-x $) -List the possible completions of the text before point, -treating it as a shell variable. - -@item complete-hostname (M-@@) -Attempt completion on the text before point, treating -it as a hostname. - -@item possible-hostname-completions (C-x @@) -List the possible completions of the text before point, -treating it as a hostname. - -@item complete-command (M-!) -Attempt completion on the text before point, treating -it as a command name. Command completion attempts to -match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell -functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames, -in that order. - -@item possible-command-completions (C-x !) -List the possible completions of the text before point, -treating it as a command name. - -@item dynamic-complete-history (M-@key{TAB}) -Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing -the text against lines from the history list for possible -completion matches. - -@item complete-into-braces (M-@{) -Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions -enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell -(@pxref{Brace Expansion}). - -@end ifset -@end ftable - -@node Keyboard Macros -@subsection Keyboard Macros -@ftable @code - -@item start-kbd-macro (C-x () -Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro. - -@item end-kbd-macro (C-x )) -Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro -and save the definition. - -@item call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e) -Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters -in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard. - -@end ftable - -@node Miscellaneous Commands -@subsection Some Miscellaneous Commands -@ftable @code - -@item re-read-init-file (C-x C-r) -Read in the contents of the @var{inputrc} file, and incorporate -any bindings or variable assignments found there. - -@item abort (C-g) -Abort the current editing command and -ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of -@code{bell-style}). - -@item do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-@var{x}, @dots{}) -If the metafied character @var{x} is lowercase, run the command -that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character. - -@item prefix-meta (@key{ESC}) -Metafy the next character typed. This is for keyboards -without a meta key. Typing @samp{@key{ESC} f} is equivalent to typing -@kbd{M-f}. - -@item undo (C-_ or C-x C-u) -Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line. - -@item revert-line (M-r) -Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the @code{undo} -command enough times to get back to the beginning. - -@ifset BashFeatures -@item tilde-expand (M-&) -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -@item tilde-expand (M-~) -@end ifclear -Perform tilde expansion on the current word. - -@item set-mark (C-@@) -Set the mark to the point. If a -numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position. - -@item exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x) -Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to -the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark. - -@item character-search (C-]) -A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that -character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences. - -@item character-search-backward (M-C-]) -A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence -of that character. A negative count searches for subsequent -occurrences. - -@item insert-comment (M-#) -Without a numeric argument, the value of the @code{comment-begin} -variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line. -If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if -the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value -of @code{comment-begin}, the value is inserted, otherwise -the characters in @code{comment-begin} are deleted from the beginning of -the line. -In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed. -@ifset BashFeatures -The default value of @code{comment-begin} causes this command -to make the current line a shell comment. -If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line -will be executed by the shell. -@end ifset - -@item dump-functions () -Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the -Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, -the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part -of an @var{inputrc} file. This command is unbound by default. - -@item dump-variables () -Print all of the settable variables and their values to the -Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, -the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part -of an @var{inputrc} file. This command is unbound by default. - -@item dump-macros () -Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the -strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied, -the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part -of an @var{inputrc} file. This command is unbound by default. - -@ifset BashFeatures -@item glob-complete-word (M-g) -The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, -with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to -generate a list of matching file names for possible completions. - -@item glob-expand-word (C-x *) -The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, -and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word. -If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before -pathname expansion. - -@item glob-list-expansions (C-x g) -The list of expansions that would have been generated by -@code{glob-expand-word} is displayed, and the line is redrawn. -If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before -pathname expansion. - -@item display-shell-version (C-x C-v) -Display version information about the current instance of Bash. - -@item shell-expand-line (M-C-e) -Expand the line as the shell does. -This performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell -word expansions (@pxref{Shell Expansions}). - -@item history-expand-line (M-^) -Perform history expansion on the current line. - -@item magic-space () -Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space -(@pxref{History Interaction}). - -@item alias-expand-line () -Perform alias expansion on the current line (@pxref{Aliases}). - -@item history-and-alias-expand-line () -Perform history and alias expansion on the current line. - -@item insert-last-argument (M-. or M-_) -A synonym for @code{yank-last-arg}. - -@item operate-and-get-next (C-o) -Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line -relative to the current line from the history for editing. Any -argument is ignored. - -@item edit-and-execute-command (C-xC-e) -Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell -commands. -Bash attempts to invoke -@code{$VISUAL}, @code{$EDITOR}, and @code{emacs} -as the editor, in that order. - -@end ifset - -@ifclear BashFeatures -@item emacs-editing-mode (C-e) -When in @code{vi} command mode, this causes a switch to @code{emacs} -editing mode. - -@item vi-editing-mode (M-C-j) -When in @code{emacs} editing mode, this causes a switch to @code{vi} -editing mode. - -@end ifclear - -@end ftable - -@node Readline vi Mode -@section Readline vi Mode - -While the Readline library does not have a full set of @code{vi} -editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing -of the line. The Readline @code{vi} mode behaves as specified in -the @sc{posix} 1003.2 standard. - -@ifset BashFeatures -In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi} -editing modes, use the @samp{set -o emacs} and @samp{set -o vi} -commands (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi} -editing modes, use the command @kbd{M-C-j} (bound to emacs-editing-mode -when in @code{vi} mode and to vi-editing-mode in @code{emacs} mode). -@end ifclear -The Readline default is @code{emacs} mode. - -When you enter a line in @code{vi} mode, you are already placed in -`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an @samp{i}. Pressing @key{ESC} -switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the -line with the standard @code{vi} movement keys, move to previous -history lines with @samp{k} and subsequent lines with @samp{j}, and -so forth. - -@ifset BashFeatures -@node Programmable Completion -@section Programmable Completion -@cindex programmable completion - -When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for -which a completion specification (a @var{compspec}) has been defined -using the @code{complete} builtin (@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}), -the programmable completion facilities are invoked. - -First, the command name is identified. -If a compspec has been defined for that command, the -compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word. -If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full -pathname is searched for first. -If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to -find a compspec for the portion following the final slash. - -Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of -matching words. -If a compspec is not found, the default Bash completion -described above (@pxref{Commands For Completion}) is performed. - -First, the actions specified by the compspec are used. -Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are -returned. -When the @option{-f} or @option{-d} option is used for filename or -directory name completion, the shell variable @env{FIGNORE} is -used to filter the matches. -@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of @env{FIGNORE}. - -Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the -@option{-G} option are generated next. -The words generated by the pattern need not match the word being completed. -The @env{GLOBIGNORE} shell variable is not used to filter the matches, -but the @env{FIGNORE} shell variable is used. - -Next, the string specified as the argument to the @option{-W} option -is considered. -The string is first split using the characters in the @env{IFS} -special variable as delimiters. -Shell quoting is honored. -Each word is then expanded using -brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, -command substitution, and arithmetic expansion, -as described above (@pxref{Shell Expansions}). -The results are split using the rules described above -(@pxref{Word Splitting}). -The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being -completed, and the matching words become the possible completions. - -After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command -specified with the @option{-F} and @option{-C} options is invoked. -When the command or function is invoked, the @env{COMP_LINE} and -@env{COMP_POINT} variables are assigned values as described above -(@pxref{Bash Variables}). -If a shell function is being invoked, the @env{COMP_WORDS} and -@env{COMP_CWORD} variables are also set. -When the function or command is invoked, the first argument is the -name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the -second argument is the word being completed, and the third argument -is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command line. -No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed -is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating -the matches. - -Any function specified with @option{-F} is invoked first. -The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the -@code{compgen} builtin described below -(@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}), to generate the matches. -It must put the possible completions in the @env{COMPREPLY} array -variable. - -Next, any command specified with the @option{-C} option is invoked -in an environment equivalent to command substitution. -It should print a list of completions, one per line, to -the standard output. -Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary. - -After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter -specified with the @option{-X} option is applied to the list. -The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a @samp{&} -in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed. -A literal @samp{&} may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash -is removed before attempting a match. -Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list. -A leading @samp{!} negates the pattern; in this case any completion -not matching the pattern will be removed. - -Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the @option{-P} and @option{-S} -options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is -returned to the Readline completion code as the list of possible -completions. - -If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the -@option{-o dirnames} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the -compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. - -If the @option{-o plusdirs} option was supplied to @code{complete} when -the compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any -matches are added to the results of the other actions. - -By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned to -the completion code as the full set of possible completions. -The default Bash completions are not attempted, and the Readline default -of filename completion is disabled. -If the @option{-o bashdefault} option was supplied to @code{complete} when -the compspec was defined, the default Bash completions are attempted -if the compspec generates no matches. -If the @option{-o default} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the -compspec was defined, Readline's default completion will be performed -if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default Bash completions) -generate no matches. - -When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired, -the programmable completion functions force Readline to append a slash -to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to -the value of the @var{mark-directories} Readline variable, regardless -of the setting of the @var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable. - -@node Programmable Completion Builtins -@section Programmable Completion Builtins -@cindex completion builtins - -Two builtin commands are available to manipulate the programmable completion -facilities. - -@table @code -@item compgen -@btindex compgen -@example -@code{compgen [@var{option}] [@var{word}]} -@end example - -Generate possible completion matches for @var{word} according to -the @var{option}s, which may be any option accepted by the -@code{complete} -builtin with the exception of @option{-p} and @option{-r}, and write -the matches to the standard output. -When using the @option{-F} or @option{-C} options, the various shell variables -set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not -have useful values. - -The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable -completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification -with the same flags. -If @var{word} is specified, only those completions matching @var{word} -will be displayed. - -The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no -matches were generated. - -@item complete -@btindex complete -@example -@code{complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o @var{comp-option}] [-A @var{action}] [-G @var{globpat}] [-W @var{wordlist}] -[-P @var{prefix}] [-S @var{suffix}] [-X @var{filterpat}] [-F @var{function}] -[-C @var{command}] @var{name} [@var{name} @dots{}]} -@code{complete -pr [@var{name} @dots{}]} -@end example - -Specify how arguments to each @var{name} should be completed. -If the @option{-p} option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, existing -completion specifications are printed in a way that allows them to be -reused as input. -The @option{-r} option removes a completion specification for -each @var{name}, or, if no @var{name}s are supplied, all -completion specifications. - -The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion -is attempted is described above (@pxref{Programmable Completion}). - -Other options, if specified, have the following meanings. -The arguments to the @option{-G}, @option{-W}, and @option{-X} options -(and, if necessary, the @option{-P} and @option{-S} options) -should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the -@code{complete} builtin is invoked. - - -@table @code -@item -o @var{comp-option} -The @var{comp-option} controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior -beyond the simple generation of completions. -@var{comp-option} may be one of: - -@table @code - -@item bashdefault -Perform the rest of the default Bash completions if the compspec -generates no matches. - -@item default -Use Readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates -no matches. - -@item dirnames -Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches. - -@item filenames -Tell Readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any -filename-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or -suppressing trailing spaces). This option is intended to be used with -shell functions specified with @option{-F}. - -@item nospace -Tell Readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at -the end of the line. - -@item plusdirs -After any matches defined by the compspec are generated, -directory name completion is attempted and any -matches are added to the results of the other actions. - -@end table - -@item -A @var{action} -The @var{action} may be one of the following to generate a list of possible -completions: - -@table @code -@item alias -Alias names. May also be specified as @option{-a}. - -@item arrayvar -Array variable names. - -@item binding -Readline key binding names (@pxref{Bindable Readline Commands}). - -@item builtin -Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as @option{-b}. - -@item command -Command names. May also be specified as @option{-c}. - -@item directory -Directory names. May also be specified as @option{-d}. - -@item disabled -Names of disabled shell builtins. - -@item enabled -Names of enabled shell builtins. - -@item export -Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as @option{-e}. - -@item file -File names. May also be specified as @option{-f}. - -@item function -Names of shell functions. - -@item group -Group names. May also be specified as @option{-g}. - -@item helptopic -Help topics as accepted by the @code{help} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). - -@item hostname -Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the -@env{HOSTFILE} shell variable (@pxref{Bash Variables}). - -@item job -Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as @option{-j}. - -@item keyword -Shell reserved words. May also be specified as @option{-k}. - -@item running -Names of running jobs, if job control is active. - -@item service -Service names. May also be specified as @option{-s}. - -@item setopt -Valid arguments for the @option{-o} option to the @code{set} builtin -(@pxref{The Set Builtin}). - -@item shopt -Shell option names as accepted by the @code{shopt} builtin -(@pxref{Bash Builtins}). - -@item signal -Signal names. - -@item stopped -Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active. - -@item user -User names. May also be specified as @option{-u}. - -@item variable -Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as @option{-v}. -@end table - -@item -G @var{globpat} -The filename expansion pattern @var{globpat} is expanded to generate -the possible completions. - -@item -W @var{wordlist} -The @var{wordlist} is split using the characters in the -@env{IFS} special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word -is expanded. -The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which -match the word being completed. - -@item -C @var{command} -@var{command} is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is -used as the possible completions. - -@item -F @var{function} -The shell function @var{function} is executed in the current shell -environment. -When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value -of the @env{COMPREPLY} array variable. - -@item -X @var{filterpat} -@var{filterpat} is a pattern as used for filename expansion. -It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the -preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching -@var{filterpat} is removed from the list. -A leading @samp{!} in @var{filterpat} negates the pattern; in this -case, any completion not matching @var{filterpat} is removed. - -@item -P @var{prefix} -@var{prefix} is added at the beginning of each possible completion -after all other options have been applied. - -@item -S @var{suffix} -@var{suffix} is appended to each possible completion -after all other options have been applied. -@end table - -The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option -other than @option{-p} or @option{-r} is supplied without a @var{name} -argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for -a @var{name} for which no specification exists, or -an error occurs adding a completion specification. - -@end table -@end ifset
    rluser.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: hstech.texi =================================================================== --- hstech.texi (revision 816) +++ hstech.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,573 +0,0 @@ -@ignore -This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library. - -Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual -provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on -all copies. - -Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice -identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this -paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the -GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that -the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -@end ignore - -@node Programming with GNU History -@chapter Programming with GNU History - -This chapter describes how to interface programs that you write -with the @sc{gnu} History Library. -It should be considered a technical guide. -For information on the interactive use of @sc{gnu} History, @pxref{Using -History Interactively}. - -@menu -* Introduction to History:: What is the GNU History library for? -* History Storage:: How information is stored. -* History Functions:: Functions that you can use. -* History Variables:: Variables that control behaviour. -* History Programming Example:: Example of using the GNU History Library. -@end menu - -@node Introduction to History -@section Introduction to History - -Many programs read input from the user a line at a time. The @sc{gnu} -History library is able to keep track of those lines, associate arbitrary -data with each line, and utilize information from previous lines in -composing new ones. - -The programmer using the History library has available functions -for remembering lines on a history list, associating arbitrary data -with a line, removing lines from the list, searching through the list -for a line containing an arbitrary text string, and referencing any line -in the list directly. In addition, a history @dfn{expansion} function -is available which provides for a consistent user interface across -different programs. - -The user using programs written with the History library has the -benefit of a consistent user interface with a set of well-known -commands for manipulating the text of previous lines and using that text -in new commands. The basic history manipulation commands are similar to -the history substitution provided by @code{csh}. - -If the programmer desires, he can use the Readline library, which -includes some history manipulation by default, and has the added -advantage of command line editing. - -Before declaring any functions using any functionality the History -library provides in other code, an application writer should include -the file @code{} in any file that uses the -History library's features. It supplies extern declarations for all -of the library's public functions and variables, and declares all of -the public data structures. - -@node History Storage -@section History Storage - -The history list is an array of history entries. A history entry is -declared as follows: - -@example -typedef void *histdata_t; - -typedef struct _hist_entry @{ - char *line; - char *timestamp; - histdata_t data; -@} HIST_ENTRY; -@end example - -The history list itself might therefore be declared as - -@example -HIST_ENTRY **the_history_list; -@end example - -The state of the History library is encapsulated into a single structure: - -@example -/* - * A structure used to pass around the current state of the history. - */ -typedef struct _hist_state @{ - HIST_ENTRY **entries; /* Pointer to the entries themselves. */ - int offset; /* The location pointer within this array. */ - int length; /* Number of elements within this array. */ - int size; /* Number of slots allocated to this array. */ - int flags; -@} HISTORY_STATE; -@end example - -If the flags member includes @code{HS_STIFLED}, the history has been -stifled. - -@node History Functions -@section History Functions - -This section describes the calling sequence for the various functions -exported by the @sc{gnu} History library. - -@menu -* Initializing History and State Management:: Functions to call when you - want to use history in a - program. -* History List Management:: Functions used to manage the list - of history entries. -* Information About the History List:: Functions returning information about - the history list. -* Moving Around the History List:: Functions used to change the position - in the history list. -* Searching the History List:: Functions to search the history list - for entries containing a string. -* Managing the History File:: Functions that read and write a file - containing the history list. -* History Expansion:: Functions to perform csh-like history - expansion. -@end menu - -@node Initializing History and State Management -@subsection Initializing History and State Management - -This section describes functions used to initialize and manage -the state of the History library when you want to use the history -functions in your program. - -@deftypefun void using_history (void) -Begin a session in which the history functions might be used. This -initializes the interactive variables. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HISTORY_STATE *} history_get_history_state (void) -Return a structure describing the current state of the input history. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void history_set_history_state (HISTORY_STATE *state) -Set the state of the history list according to @var{state}. -@end deftypefun - -@node History List Management -@subsection History List Management - -These functions manage individual entries on the history list, or set -parameters managing the list itself. - -@deftypefun void add_history (const char *string) -Place @var{string} at the end of the history list. The associated data -field (if any) is set to @code{NULL}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void add_history_time (const char *string) -Change the time stamp associated with the most recent history entry to -@var{string}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} remove_history (int which) -Remove history entry at offset @var{which} from the history. The -removed element is returned so you can free the line, data, -and containing structure. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {histdata_t} free_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *histent) -Free the history entry @var{histent} and any history library private -data associated with it. Returns the application-specific data -so the caller can dispose of it. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} replace_history_entry (int which, const char *line, histdata_t data) -Make the history entry at offset @var{which} have @var{line} and @var{data}. -This returns the old entry so the caller can dispose of any -application-specific data. In the case -of an invalid @var{which}, a @code{NULL} pointer is returned. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void clear_history (void) -Clear the history list by deleting all the entries. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void stifle_history (int max) -Stifle the history list, remembering only the last @var{max} entries. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int unstifle_history (void) -Stop stifling the history. This returns the previously-set -maximum number of history entries (as set by @code{stifle_history()}). -The value is positive if the history was -stifled, negative if it wasn't. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int history_is_stifled (void) -Returns non-zero if the history is stifled, zero if it is not. -@end deftypefun - -@node Information About the History List -@subsection Information About the History List - -These functions return information about the entire history list or -individual list entries. - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY **} history_list (void) -Return a @code{NULL} terminated array of @code{HIST_ENTRY *} which is the -current input history. Element 0 of this list is the beginning of time. -If there is no history, return @code{NULL}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int where_history (void) -Returns the offset of the current history element. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} current_history (void) -Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by -@code{where_history()}. If there is no entry there, return a @code{NULL} -pointer. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} history_get (int offset) -Return the history entry at position @var{offset}, starting from -@code{history_base} (@pxref{History Variables}). -If there is no entry there, or if @var{offset} -is greater than the history length, return a @code{NULL} pointer. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun time_t history_get_time (HIST_ENTRY *entry) -Return the time stamp associated with the history entry @var{entry}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int history_total_bytes (void) -Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using. -This function returns the sum of the lengths of all the lines in the -history. -@end deftypefun - -@node Moving Around the History List -@subsection Moving Around the History List - -These functions allow the current index into the history list to be -set or changed. - -@deftypefun int history_set_pos (int pos) -Set the current history offset to @var{pos}, an absolute index -into the list. -Returns 1 on success, 0 if @var{pos} is less than zero or greater -than the number of history entries. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} previous_history (void) -Back up the current history offset to the previous history entry, and -return a pointer to that entry. If there is no previous entry, return -a @code{NULL} pointer. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} next_history (void) -Move the current history offset forward to the next history entry, and -return the a pointer to that entry. If there is no next entry, return -a @code{NULL} pointer. -@end deftypefun - -@node Searching the History List -@subsection Searching the History List -@cindex History Searching - -These functions allow searching of the history list for entries containing -a specific string. Searching may be performed both forward and backward -from the current history position. The search may be @dfn{anchored}, -meaning that the string must match at the beginning of the history entry. -@cindex anchored search - -@deftypefun int history_search (const char *string, int direction) -Search the history for @var{string}, starting at the current history offset. -If @var{direction} is less than 0, then the search is through -previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries. -If @var{string} is found, then -the current history index is set to that history entry, and the value -returned is the offset in the line of the entry where -@var{string} was found. Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is -returned. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int history_search_prefix (const char *string, int direction) -Search the history for @var{string}, starting at the current history -offset. The search is anchored: matching lines must begin with -@var{string}. If @var{direction} is less than 0, then the search is -through previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries. -If @var{string} is found, then the -current history index is set to that entry, and the return value is 0. -Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is returned. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int history_search_pos (const char *string, int direction, int pos) -Search for @var{string} in the history list, starting at @var{pos}, an -absolute index into the list. If @var{direction} is negative, the search -proceeds backward from @var{pos}, otherwise forward. Returns the absolute -index of the history element where @var{string} was found, or -1 otherwise. -@end deftypefun - -@node Managing the History File -@subsection Managing the History File - -The History library can read the history from and write it to a file. -This section documents the functions for managing a history file. - -@deftypefun int read_history (const char *filename) -Add the contents of @var{filename} to the history list, a line at a time. -If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then read from @file{~/.history}. -Returns 0 if successful, or @code{errno} if not. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int read_history_range (const char *filename, int from, int to) -Read a range of lines from @var{filename}, adding them to the history list. -Start reading at line @var{from} and end at @var{to}. -If @var{from} is zero, start at the beginning. If @var{to} is less than -@var{from}, then read until the end of the file. If @var{filename} is -@code{NULL}, then read from @file{~/.history}. Returns 0 if successful, -or @code{errno} if not. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int write_history (const char *filename) -Write the current history to @var{filename}, overwriting @var{filename} -if necessary. -If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then write the history list to -@file{~/.history}. -Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on a read or write error. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int append_history (int nelements, const char *filename) -Append the last @var{nelements} of the history list to @var{filename}. -If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then append to @file{~/.history}. -Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on a read or write error. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int history_truncate_file (const char *filename, int nlines) -Truncate the history file @var{filename}, leaving only the last -@var{nlines} lines. -If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then @file{~/.history} is truncated. -Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on failure. -@end deftypefun - -@node History Expansion -@subsection History Expansion - -These functions implement history expansion. - -@deftypefun int history_expand (char *string, char **output) -Expand @var{string}, placing the result into @var{output}, a pointer -to a string (@pxref{History Interaction}). Returns: -@table @code -@item 0 -If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in -the text was the removal of escape characters preceding the history expansion -character); -@item 1 -if expansions did take place; -@item -1 -if there was an error in expansion; -@item 2 -if the returned line should be displayed, but not executed, -as with the @code{:p} modifier (@pxref{Modifiers}). -@end table - -If an error ocurred in expansion, then @var{output} contains a descriptive -error message. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} get_history_event (const char *string, int *cindex, int qchar) -Returns the text of the history event beginning at @var{string} + -@var{*cindex}. @var{*cindex} is modified to point to after the event -specifier. At function entry, @var{cindex} points to the index into -@var{string} where the history event specification begins. @var{qchar} -is a character that is allowed to end the event specification in addition -to the ``normal'' terminating characters. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char **} history_tokenize (const char *string) -Return an array of tokens parsed out of @var{string}, much as the -shell might. The tokens are split on the characters in the -@var{history_word_delimiters} variable, -and shell quoting conventions are obeyed. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} history_arg_extract (int first, int last, const char *string) -Extract a string segment consisting of the @var{first} through @var{last} -arguments present in @var{string}. Arguments are split using -@code{history_tokenize}. -@end deftypefun - -@node History Variables -@section History Variables - -This section describes the externally-visible variables exported by -the @sc{gnu} History Library. - -@deftypevar int history_base -The logical offset of the first entry in the history list. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int history_length -The number of entries currently stored in the history list. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int history_max_entries -The maximum number of history entries. This must be changed using -@code{stifle_history()}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int history_write_timestamps -If non-zero, timestamps are written to the history file, so they can be -preserved between sessions. The default value is 0, meaning that -timestamps are not saved. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar char history_expansion_char -The character that introduces a history event. The default is @samp{!}. -Setting this to 0 inhibits history expansion. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar char history_subst_char -The character that invokes word substitution if found at the start of -a line. The default is @samp{^}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar char history_comment_char -During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character -of a word, then it and all subsequent characters up to a newline are -ignored, suppressing history expansion for the remainder of the line. -This is disabled by default. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {char *} history_word_delimiters -The characters that separate tokens for @code{history_tokenize()}. -The default value is @code{" \t\n()<>;&|"}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {char *} history_search_delimiter_chars -The list of additional characters which can delimit a history search -string, in addition to space, TAB, @samp{:} and @samp{?} in the case of -a substring search. The default is empty. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {char *} history_no_expand_chars -The list of characters which inhibit history expansion if found immediately -following @var{history_expansion_char}. The default is space, tab, newline, -carriage return, and @samp{=}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion -If non-zero, single-quoted words are not scanned for the history expansion -character. The default value is 0. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_linebuf_func_t *} history_inhibit_expansion_function -This should be set to the address of a function that takes two arguments: -a @code{char *} (@var{string}) -and an @code{int} index into that string (@var{i}). -It should return a non-zero value if the history expansion starting at -@var{string[i]} should not be performed; zero if the expansion should -be done. -It is intended for use by applications like Bash that use the history -expansion character for additional purposes. -By default, this variable is set to @code{NULL}. -@end deftypevar - -@node History Programming Example -@section History Programming Example - -The following program demonstrates simple use of the @sc{gnu} History Library. - -@smallexample -#include -#include - -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -@{ - char line[1024], *t; - int len, done = 0; - - line[0] = 0; - - using_history (); - while (!done) - @{ - printf ("history$ "); - fflush (stdout); - t = fgets (line, sizeof (line) - 1, stdin); - if (t && *t) - @{ - len = strlen (t); - if (t[len - 1] == '\n') - t[len - 1] = '\0'; - @} - - if (!t) - strcpy (line, "quit"); - - if (line[0]) - @{ - char *expansion; - int result; - - result = history_expand (line, &expansion); - if (result) - fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion); - - if (result < 0 || result == 2) - @{ - free (expansion); - continue; - @} - - add_history (expansion); - strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1); - free (expansion); - @} - - if (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) - done = 1; - else if (strcmp (line, "save") == 0) - write_history ("history_file"); - else if (strcmp (line, "read") == 0) - read_history ("history_file"); - else if (strcmp (line, "list") == 0) - @{ - register HIST_ENTRY **the_list; - register int i; - - the_list = history_list (); - if (the_list) - for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++) - printf ("%d: %s\n", i + history_base, the_list[i]->line); - @} - else if (strncmp (line, "delete", 6) == 0) - @{ - int which; - if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1) - @{ - HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which); - if (!entry) - fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which); - else - @{ - free (entry->line); - free (entry); - @} - @} - else - @{ - fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n"); - @} - @} - @} -@} -@end smallexample
    hstech.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: history.texi =================================================================== --- history.texi (revision 816) +++ history.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@setfilename history.info -@settitle GNU History Library -@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) - -@setchapternewpage odd - -@include version.texi - -@copying -This document describes the GNU History library -(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), -a programming tool that provides a consistent user interface for -recalling lines of previously typed input. - -Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -@quotation -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or -any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no -Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' -and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is -included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.'' - -(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify -this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free -Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' -@end quotation -@end copying - -@dircategory Libraries -@direntry -* History: (history). The GNU history library API. -@end direntry - -@titlepage -@title GNU History Library -@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{History Library} Version @value{VERSION}. -@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH} -@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University -@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation - -@page - -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@insertcopying - -@sp 1 -Published by the Free Software Foundation @* -59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @* -Boston, MA 02111-1307 @* -USA @* - -@end titlepage - -@contents - -@ifnottex -@node Top -@top GNU History Library - -This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that -provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously -typed input. - -@menu -* Using History Interactively:: GNU History User's Manual. -* Programming with GNU History:: GNU History Programmer's Manual. -* Copying This Manual:: Copying This Manual. -* Concept Index:: Index of concepts described in this manual. -* Function and Variable Index:: Index of externally visible functions - and variables. -@end menu -@end ifnottex - -@syncodeindex fn vr - -@include hsuser.texi -@include hstech.texi - -@node Copying This Manual -@appendix Copying This Manual - -@menu -* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. -@end menu - -@include fdl.texi - -@node Concept Index -@appendix Concept Index -@printindex cp - -@node Function and Variable Index -@appendix Function and Variable Index -@printindex vr - -@bye
    history.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: inc-hist.texinfo =================================================================== --- inc-hist.texinfo (revision 816) +++ inc-hist.texinfo (nonexistent) @@ -1,457 +0,0 @@ -@ignore -This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library. - -Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual -provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on -all copies. - -Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice -identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this -paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the -GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that -the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -@end ignore - -@node Using History Interactively -@chapter Using History Interactively - -@c @ifclear BashFeatures -@c @defcodeindex bt -@c @end ifclear - -@ifset BashFeatures -This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library -interactively, from a user's standpoint. -It should be considered a user's guide. -For information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in other programs, -see the @sc{gnu} Readline Library Manual. -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library interactively, -from a user's standpoint. It should be considered a user's guide. -For information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in other programs, -see the @sc{gnu} Readline Library Manual. -@end ifclear - -@ifset BashFeatures -@menu -* Bash History Facilities:: How Bash lets you manipulate your command - history. -* Bash History Builtins:: The Bash builtin commands that manipulate - the command history. -* History Interaction:: What it feels like using History as a user. -@end menu -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -@menu -* History Interaction:: What it feels like using History as a user. -@end menu -@end ifclear - -@ifset BashFeatures -@node Bash History Facilities -@section Bash History Facilities -@cindex command history -@cindex history list - -When the @option{-o history} option to the @code{set} builtin -is enabled (@pxref{The Set Builtin}), -the shell provides access to the @dfn{command history}, -the list of commands previously typed. -The value of the @env{HISTSIZE} shell variable is used as the -number of commands to save in a history list. -The text of the last @env{$HISTSIZE} -commands (default 500) is saved. -The shell stores each command in the history list prior to -parameter and variable expansion -but after history expansion is performed, subject to the -values of the shell variables -@env{HISTIGNORE} and @env{HISTCONTROL}. - -When the shell starts up, the history is initialized from the -file named by the @env{HISTFILE} variable (default @file{~/.bash_history}). -The file named by the value of @env{HISTFILE} is truncated, if -necessary, to contain no more than the number of lines specified by -the value of the @env{HISTFILESIZE} variable. -When an interactive shell exits, the last -@env{$HISTSIZE} lines are copied from the history list to the file -named by @env{$HISTFILE}. -If the @code{histappend} shell option is set (@pxref{Bash Builtins}), -the lines are appended to the history file, -otherwise the history file is overwritten. -If @env{HISTFILE} -is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is -not saved. After saving the history, the history file is truncated -to contain no more than @env{$HISTFILESIZE} -lines. If @env{HISTFILESIZE} is not set, no truncation is performed. - -If the @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set, the time stamp information -associated with each history entry is written to the history file. - -The builtin command @code{fc} may be used to list or edit and re-execute -a portion of the history list. -The @code{history} builtin may be used to display or modify the history -list and manipulate the history file. -When using command-line editing, search commands -are available in each editing mode that provide access to the -history list (@pxref{Commands For History}). - -The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history -list. The @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE} -variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the -commands entered. -The @code{cmdhist} -shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each -line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding -semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness. -The @code{lithist} -shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines -instead of semicolons. -The @code{shopt} builtin is used to set these options. -@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a description of @code{shopt}. - -@node Bash History Builtins -@section Bash History Builtins -@cindex history builtins - -Bash provides two builtin commands which manipulate the -history list and history file. - -@table @code - -@item fc -@btindex fc -@example -@code{fc [-e @var{ename}] [-nlr] [@var{first}] [@var{last}]} -@code{fc -s [@var{pat}=@var{rep}] [@var{command}]} -@end example - -Fix Command. In the first form, a range of commands from @var{first} to -@var{last} is selected from the history list. Both @var{first} and -@var{last} may be specified as a string (to locate the most recent -command beginning with that string) or as a number (an index into the -history list, where a negative number is used as an offset from the -current command number). If @var{last} is not specified it is set to -@var{first}. If @var{first} is not specified it is set to the previous -command for editing and @minus{}16 for listing. If the @option{-l} flag is -given, the commands are listed on standard output. The @option{-n} flag -suppresses the command numbers when listing. The @option{-r} flag -reverses the order of the listing. Otherwise, the editor given by -@var{ename} is invoked on a file containing those commands. If -@var{ename} is not given, the value of the following variable expansion -is used: @code{$@{FCEDIT:-$@{EDITOR:-vi@}@}}. This says to use the -value of the @env{FCEDIT} variable if set, or the value of the -@env{EDITOR} variable if that is set, or @code{vi} if neither is set. -When editing is complete, the edited commands are echoed and executed. - -In the second form, @var{command} is re-executed after each instance -of @var{pat} in the selected command is replaced by @var{rep}. - -A useful alias to use with the @code{fc} command is @code{r='fc -s'}, so -that typing @samp{r cc} runs the last command beginning with @code{cc} -and typing @samp{r} re-executes the last command (@pxref{Aliases}). - -@item history -@btindex history -@example -history [@var{n}] -history -c -history -d @var{offset} -history [-anrw] [@var{filename}] -history -ps @var{arg} -@end example - -With no options, display the history list with line numbers. -Lines prefixed with a @samp{*} have been modified. -An argument of @var{n} lists only the last @var{n} lines. -If the shell variable @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set and not null, -it is used as a format string for @var{strftime} to display -the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry. -No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp -and the history line. - -Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: - -@table @code -@item -c -Clear the history list. This may be combined -with the other options to replace the history list completely. - -@item -d @var{offset} -Delete the history entry at position @var{offset}. -@var{offset} should be specified as it appears when the history is -displayed. - -@item -a -Append the new -history lines (history lines entered since the beginning of the -current Bash session) to the history file. - -@item -n -Append the history lines not already read from the history file -to the current history list. These are lines appended to the history -file since the beginning of the current Bash session. - -@item -r -Read the current history file and append its contents to -the history list. - -@item -w -Write out the current history to the history file. - -@item -p -Perform history substitution on the @var{arg}s and display the result -on the standard output, without storing the results in the history list. - -@item -s -The @var{arg}s are added to the end of -the history list as a single entry. - -@end table - -When any of the @option{-w}, @option{-r}, @option{-a}, or @option{-n} options is -used, if @var{filename} -is given, then it is used as the history file. If not, then -the value of the @env{HISTFILE} variable is used. - -@end table -@end ifset - -@node History Interaction -@section History Expansion -@cindex history expansion - -The History library provides a history expansion feature that is similar -to the history expansion provided by @code{csh}. This section -describes the syntax used to manipulate the history information. - -History expansions introduce words from the history list into -the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the -arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or -fix errors in previous commands quickly. - -History expansion takes place in two parts. The first is to determine -which line from the history list should be used during substitution. -The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into the -current one. The line selected from the history is called the -@dfn{event}, and the portions of that line that are acted upon are -called @dfn{words}. Various @dfn{modifiers} are available to manipulate -the selected words. The line is broken into words in the same fashion -that Bash does, so that several words -surrounded by quotes are considered one word. -History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the -history expansion character, which is @samp{!} by default. -@ifset BashFeatures -Only @samp{\} and @samp{'} may be used to escape the history expansion -character. -@end ifset - -@ifset BashFeatures -Several shell options settable with the @code{shopt} -builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}) may be used to tailor -the behavior of history expansion. If the -@code{histverify} shell option is enabled, and Readline -is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to -the shell parser. -Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the Readline -editing buffer for further modification. -If Readline is being used, and the @code{histreedit} -shell option is enabled, a failed history expansion will be -reloaded into the Readline editing buffer for correction. -The @option{-p} option to the @code{history} builtin command -may be used to see what a history expansion will do before using it. -The @option{-s} option to the @code{history} builtin may be used to -add commands to the end of the history list without actually executing -them, so that they are available for subsequent recall. -This is most useful in conjunction with Readline. - -The shell allows control of the various characters used by the -history expansion mechanism with the @code{histchars} variable. -@end ifset - -@menu -* Event Designators:: How to specify which history line to use. -* Word Designators:: Specifying which words are of interest. -* Modifiers:: Modifying the results of substitution. -@end menu - -@node Event Designators -@subsection Event Designators -@cindex event designators - -An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the -history list. -@cindex history events - -@table @asis - -@item @code{!} -@ifset BashFeatures -Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab, -the end of the line, @samp{=} or @samp{(} (when the -@code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin). -@end ifset -@ifclear BashFeatures -Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab, -the end of the line, or @samp{=}. -@end ifclear - -@item @code{!@var{n}} -Refer to command line @var{n}. - -@item @code{!-@var{n}} -Refer to the command @var{n} lines back. - -@item @code{!!} -Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for @samp{!-1}. - -@item @code{!@var{string}} -Refer to the most recent command starting with @var{string}. - -@item @code{!?@var{string}[?]} -Refer to the most recent command containing @var{string}. The trailing -@samp{?} may be omitted if the @var{string} is followed immediately by -a newline. - -@item @code{^@var{string1}^@var{string2}^} -Quick Substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing @var{string1} -with @var{string2}. Equivalent to -@code{!!:s/@var{string1}/@var{string2}/}. - -@item @code{!#} -The entire command line typed so far. - -@end table - -@node Word Designators -@subsection Word Designators - -Word designators are used to select desired words from the event. -A @samp{:} separates the event specification from the word designator. It -may be omitted if the word designator begins with a @samp{^}, @samp{$}, -@samp{*}, @samp{-}, or @samp{%}. Words are numbered from the beginning -of the line, with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). Words are -inserted into the current line separated by single spaces. - -@need 0.75 -For example, - -@table @code -@item !! -designates the preceding command. When you type this, the preceding -command is repeated in toto. - -@item !!:$ -designates the last argument of the preceding command. This may be -shortened to @code{!$}. - -@item !fi:2 -designates the second argument of the most recent command starting with -the letters @code{fi}. -@end table - -@need 0.75 -Here are the word designators: - -@table @code - -@item 0 (zero) -The @code{0}th word. For many applications, this is the command word. - -@item @var{n} -The @var{n}th word. - -@item ^ -The first argument; that is, word 1. - -@item $ -The last argument. - -@item % -The word matched by the most recent @samp{?@var{string}?} search. - -@item @var{x}-@var{y} -A range of words; @samp{-@var{y}} abbreviates @samp{0-@var{y}}. - -@item * -All of the words, except the @code{0}th. This is a synonym for @samp{1-$}. -It is not an error to use @samp{*} if there is just one word in the event; -the empty string is returned in that case. - -@item @var{x}* -Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$} - -@item @var{x}- -Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$} like @samp{@var{x}*}, but omits the last word. - -@end table - -If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the -previous command is used as the event. - -@node Modifiers -@subsection Modifiers - -After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or more -of the following modifiers, each preceded by a @samp{:}. - -@table @code - -@item h -Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving only the head. - -@item t -Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail. - -@item r -Remove a trailing suffix of the form @samp{.@var{suffix}}, leaving -the basename. - -@item e -Remove all but the trailing suffix. - -@item p -Print the new command but do not execute it. - -@ifset BashFeatures -@item q -Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. - -@item x -Quote the substituted words as with @samp{q}, -but break into words at spaces, tabs, and newlines. -@end ifset - -@item s/@var{old}/@var{new}/ -Substitute @var{new} for the first occurrence of @var{old} in the -event line. Any delimiter may be used in place of @samp{/}. -The delimiter may be quoted in @var{old} and @var{new} -with a single backslash. If @samp{&} appears in @var{new}, -it is replaced by @var{old}. A single backslash will quote -the @samp{&}. The final delimiter is optional if it is the last -character on the input line. - -@item & -Repeat the previous substitution. - -@item g -@itemx a -Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. Used in -conjunction with @samp{s}, as in @code{gs/@var{old}/@var{new}/}, -or with @samp{&}. - -@item G -Apply the following @samp{s} modifier once to each word in the event. - -@end table Index: rltech.texi =================================================================== --- rltech.texi (revision 816) +++ rltech.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,2285 +0,0 @@ -@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@setfilename rltech.info -@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@setchapternewpage odd - -@ifinfo -This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding -in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need -to provide a command line interface. - -Copyright (C) 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -pare preserved on all copies. - -@ignore -Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission -notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph -(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). -@end ignore - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Foundation. -@end ifinfo - -@node Programming with GNU Readline -@chapter Programming with GNU Readline - -This chapter describes the interface between the @sc{gnu} Readline Library and -other programs. If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the -features found in @sc{gnu} Readline -such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation -in your own programs, this section is for you. - -@menu -* Basic Behavior:: Using the default behavior of Readline. -* Custom Functions:: Adding your own functions to Readline. -* Readline Variables:: Variables accessible to custom - functions. -* Readline Convenience Functions:: Functions which Readline supplies to - aid in writing your own custom - functions. -* Readline Signal Handling:: How Readline behaves when it receives signals. -* Custom Completers:: Supplanting or supplementing Readline's - completion functions. -@end menu - -@node Basic Behavior -@section Basic Behavior - -Many programs provide a command line interface, such as @code{mail}, -@code{ftp}, and @code{sh}. For such programs, the default behaviour of -Readline is sufficient. This section describes how to use Readline in -the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to -@code{gets()} or @code{fgets()}. - -@findex readline -@cindex readline, function - -The function @code{readline()} prints a prompt @var{prompt} -and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user. -If @var{prompt} is @code{NULL} or the empty string, no prompt is displayed. -The line @code{readline} returns is allocated with @code{malloc()}; -the caller should @code{free()} the line when it has finished with it. -The declaration for @code{readline} in ANSI C is - -@example -@code{char *readline (const char *@var{prompt});} -@end example - -@noindent -So, one might say -@example -@code{char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");} -@end example -@noindent -in order to read a line of text from the user. -The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the -text remains. - -If @code{readline} encounters an @code{EOF} while reading the line, and the -line is empty at that point, then @code{(char *)NULL} is returned. -Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed. - -If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with -@key{C-p} for example), you must call @code{add_history()} to save the -line away in a @dfn{history} list of such lines. - -@example -@code{add_history (line)}; -@end example - -@noindent -For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual. - -It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since -users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line. Here is -a function which usefully replaces the standard @code{gets()} library -function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow: - -@example -/* A static variable for holding the line. */ -static char *line_read = (char *)NULL; - -/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it. - Returns NULL on EOF. */ -char * -rl_gets () -@{ - /* If the buffer has already been allocated, - return the memory to the free pool. */ - if (line_read) - @{ - free (line_read); - line_read = (char *)NULL; - @} - - /* Get a line from the user. */ - line_read = readline (""); - - /* If the line has any text in it, - save it on the history. */ - if (line_read && *line_read) - add_history (line_read); - - return (line_read); -@} -@end example - -This function gives the user the default behaviour of @key{TAB} -completion: completion on file names. If you do not want Readline to -complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the @key{TAB} key -with @code{rl_bind_key()}. - -@example -@code{int rl_bind_key (int @var{key}, rl_command_func_t *@var{function});} -@end example - -@code{rl_bind_key()} takes two arguments: @var{key} is the character that -you want to bind, and @var{function} is the address of the function to -call when @var{key} is pressed. Binding @key{TAB} to @code{rl_insert()} -makes @key{TAB} insert itself. -@code{rl_bind_key()} returns non-zero if @var{key} is not a valid -ASCII character code (between 0 and 255). - -Thus, to disable the default @key{TAB} behavior, the following suffices: -@example -@code{rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);} -@end example - -This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you -might write a function called @code{initialize_readline()} which -performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing -custom completers (@pxref{Custom Completers}). - -@node Custom Functions -@section Custom Functions - -Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of -the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all -programs. This section describes the various functions and variables -defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add -customized functionality to Readline. - -Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or -using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an -application writer should include the file @code{} -in any file that uses Readline's features. Since some of the definitions -in @code{readline.h} use the @code{stdio} library, the file -@code{} should be included before @code{readline.h}. - -@code{readline.h} defines a C preprocessor variable that should -be treated as an integer, @code{RL_READLINE_VERSION}, which may -be used to conditionally compile application code depending on -the installed Readline version. The value is a hexadecimal -encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library, -of the form 0x@var{MMmm}. @var{MM} is the two-digit major -version number; @var{mm} is the two-digit minor version number. -For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of -@code{RL_READLINE_VERSION} would be @code{0x0402}. - -@menu -* Readline Typedefs:: C declarations to make code readable. -* Function Writing:: Variables and calling conventions. -@end menu - -@node Readline Typedefs -@subsection Readline Typedefs - -For readabilty, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers -to functions. - -The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write -code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped -arguments and return values. - -For instance, say we want to declare a variable @var{func} as a pointer -to a function which takes two @code{int} arguments and returns an -@code{int} (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions). -Instead of the classic C declaration - -@code{int (*func)();} - -@noindent -or the ANSI-C style declaration - -@code{int (*func)(int, int);} - -@noindent -we may write - -@code{rl_command_func_t *func;} - -The full list of function pointer types available is - -@table @code -@item typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int); - -@item typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int); - -@item typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int); - -@item typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *); - -@item typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int); - -@item typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **); - -@item typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int); - -@item typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void); - -@item typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *); - -@item typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int); - -@item typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int); -@item #define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t -@item typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *); -@item typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **); - -@item typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void); -@item typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int); -@item typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *); -@item typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **); - -@end table - -@node Function Writing -@subsection Writing a New Function - -In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the -calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the -variables that describe the current state of the line read so far. - -The calling sequence for a command @code{foo} looks like - -@example -@code{int foo (int count, int key)} -@end example - -@noindent -where @var{count} is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and -@var{key} is the key that invoked this function. - -It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the -numeric argument. Some functions use it as a repeat count, some -as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current -line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example). Some choose to -ignore it. In general, if a -function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able -to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments. -At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a -negative argument. - -A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully, -and a non-zero value if some error occurs. -This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable -command functions. - -@node Readline Variables -@section Readline Variables - -These variables are available to function writers. - -@deftypevar {char *} rl_line_buffer -This is the line gathered so far. You are welcome to modify the -contents of the line, but see @ref{Allowing Undoing}. The -function @code{rl_extend_line_buffer} is available to increase -the memory allocated to @code{rl_line_buffer}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_point -The offset of the current cursor position in @code{rl_line_buffer} -(the @emph{point}). -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_end -The number of characters present in @code{rl_line_buffer}. When -@code{rl_point} is at the end of the line, @code{rl_point} and -@code{rl_end} are equal. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_mark -The @var{mark} (saved position) in the current line. If set, the mark -and point define a @emph{region}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_done -Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current -line immediately. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_num_chars_to_read -Setting this to a positive value before calling @code{readline()} causes -Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather -than reading up to a character bound to @code{accept-line}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_pending_input -Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read. This is a -way to stuff a single character into the input stream. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_dispatching -Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding; -zero otherwise. Application functions can test this to discover whether -they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_erase_empty_line -Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase -the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as -the only character on an otherwise-empty line. The cursor is moved to -the beginning of the newly-blank line. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {char *} rl_prompt -The prompt Readline uses. This is set from the argument to -@code{readline()}, and should not be assigned to directly. -The @code{rl_set_prompt()} function (@pxref{Redisplay}) may -be used to modify the prompt string after calling @code{readline()}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_already_prompted -If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have -Readline do it the first time @code{readline()} is called, it should set -this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt. -The prompt must also be passed as the argument to @code{readline()} so -the redisplay functions can update the display properly. -The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline -never sets it. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_library_version -The version number of this revision of the library. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_readline_version -An integer encoding the current version of the library. The encoding is -of the form 0x@var{MMmm}, where @var{MM} is the two-digit major version -number, and @var{mm} is the two-digit minor version number. -For example, for Readline-4.2, @code{rl_readline_version} would have the -value 0x0402. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {int} rl_gnu_readline_p -Always set to 1, denoting that this is @sc{gnu} readline rather than some -emulation. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_terminal_name -The terminal type, used for initialization. If not set by the application, -Readline sets this to the value of the @env{TERM} environment variable -the first time it is called. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_readline_name -This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline. -The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file -(@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}). -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {FILE *} rl_instream -The stdio stream from which Readline reads input. -If @code{NULL}, Readline defaults to @var{stdin}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {FILE *} rl_outstream -The stdio stream to which Readline performs output. -If @code{NULL}, Readline defaults to @var{stdout}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_prefer_env_winsize -If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the @env{LINES} and -@env{COLUMNS} environment variables greater precedence than values fetched -from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_command_func_t *} rl_last_func -The address of the last command function Readline executed. May be used to -test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for -example. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_startup_hook -If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just -before @code{readline} prints the first prompt. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_pre_input_hook -If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after -the first prompt has been printed and just before @code{readline} -starts reading input characters. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_event_hook -If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically -when Readline is waiting for terminal input. -By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there -is no keyboard input. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_getc_func_t *} rl_getc_function -If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer -to get a character from the input stream. By default, it is set to -@code{rl_getc}, the default Readline character input function -(@pxref{Character Input}). -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_voidfunc_t *} rl_redisplay_function -If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer -to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer. -By default, it is set to @code{rl_redisplay}, the default Readline -redisplay function (@pxref{Redisplay}). -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_vintfunc_t *} rl_prep_term_function -If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer -to initialize the terminal. The function takes a single argument, an -@code{int} flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters. -By default, this is set to @code{rl_prep_terminal} -(@pxref{Terminal Management}). -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_voidfunc_t *} rl_deprep_term_function -If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer -to reset the terminal. This function should undo the effects of -@code{rl_prep_term_function}. -By default, this is set to @code{rl_deprep_terminal} -(@pxref{Terminal Management}). -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {Keymap} rl_executing_keymap -This variable is set to the keymap (@pxref{Keymaps}) in which the -currently executing readline function was found. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {Keymap} rl_binding_keymap -This variable is set to the keymap (@pxref{Keymaps}) in which the -last key binding occurred. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {char *} rl_executing_macro -This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {int} rl_readline_state -A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state. -A bit is set with the @code{RL_SETSTATE} macro, and unset with the -@code{RL_UNSETSTATE} macro. Use the @code{RL_ISSTATE} macro to test -whether a particular state bit is set. Current state bits include: - -@table @code -@item RL_STATE_NONE -Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to intialize. -@item RL_STATE_INITIALIZING -Readline is initializing its internal data structures. -@item RL_STATE_INITIALIZED -Readline has completed its initialization. -@item RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED -Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay. -@item RL_STATE_READCMD -Readline is reading a command from the keyboard. -@item RL_STATE_METANEXT -Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character. -@item RL_STATE_DISPATCHING -Readline is dispatching to a command. -@item RL_STATE_MOREINPUT -Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command. -@item RL_STATE_ISEARCH -Readline is performing an incremental history search. -@item RL_STATE_NSEARCH -Readline is performing a non-incremental history search. -@item RL_STATE_SEARCH -Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string. -@item RL_STATE_NUMERICARG -Readline is reading a numeric argument. -@item RL_STATE_MACROINPUT -Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard -macro. -@item RL_STATE_MACRODEF -Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro. -@item RL_STATE_OVERWRITE -Readline is in overwrite mode. -@item RL_STATE_COMPLETING -Readline is performing word completion. -@item RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER -Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler. -@item RL_STATE_UNDOING -Readline is performing an undo. -@item RL_STATE_DONE -Readline has read a key sequence bound to @code{accept-line} -and is about to return the line to the caller. -@end table - -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {int} rl_explicit_arg -Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by -the user. Only valid in a bindable command function. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {int} rl_numeric_arg -Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user -before executing the current Readline function. Only valid in a bindable -command function. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {int} rl_editing_mode -Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode. A value of -@var{1} means Readline is currently in emacs mode; @var{0} -means that vi mode is active. -@end deftypevar - - -@node Readline Convenience Functions -@section Readline Convenience Functions - -@menu -* Function Naming:: How to give a function you write a name. -* Keymaps:: Making keymaps. -* Binding Keys:: Changing Keymaps. -* Associating Function Names and Bindings:: Translate function names to - key sequences. -* Allowing Undoing:: How to make your functions undoable. -* Redisplay:: Functions to control line display. -* Modifying Text:: Functions to modify @code{rl_line_buffer}. -* Character Input:: Functions to read keyboard input. -* Terminal Management:: Functions to manage terminal settings. -* Utility Functions:: Generally useful functions and hooks. -* Miscellaneous Functions:: Functions that don't fall into any category. -* Alternate Interface:: Using Readline in a `callback' fashion. -* A Readline Example:: An example Readline function. -@end menu - -@node Function Naming -@subsection Naming a Function - -The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using -Readline. This is done by representing the function with a descriptive -name. The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to -the function. Thus, in an init file, one might find - -@example -Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word -@end example - -This binds the keystroke @key{Meta-Rubout} to the function -@emph{descriptively} named @code{backward-kill-word}. You, as the -programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as -well. Readline provides a function for doing that: - -@deftypefun int rl_add_defun (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key) -Add @var{name} to the list of named functions. Make @var{function} be -the function that gets called. If @var{key} is not -1, then bind it to -@var{function} using @code{rl_bind_key()}. -@end deftypefun - -Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications. -It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default -functions that Readline has built in. -If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline, -you may need to use the underlying functions described below. - -@node Keymaps -@subsection Selecting a Keymap - -Key bindings take place on a @dfn{keymap}. The keymap is the -association between the keys that the user types and the functions that -get run. You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell -Readline which keymap to use. - -@deftypefun Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap (void) -Returns a new, empty keymap. The space for the keymap is allocated with -@code{malloc()}; the caller should free it by calling -@code{rl_discard_keymap()} when done. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun Keymap rl_copy_keymap (Keymap map) -Return a new keymap which is a copy of @var{map}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun Keymap rl_make_keymap (void) -Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert, -the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and -the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_discard_keymap (Keymap keymap) -Free the storage associated with @var{keymap}. -@end deftypefun - -Readline has several internal keymaps. These functions allow you to -change which keymap is active. - -@deftypefun Keymap rl_get_keymap (void) -Returns the currently active keymap. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_set_keymap (Keymap keymap) -Makes @var{keymap} the currently active keymap. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name (const char *name) -Return the keymap matching @var{name}. @var{name} is one which would -be supplied in a @code{set keymap} inputrc line (@pxref{Readline Init File}). -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} rl_get_keymap_name (Keymap keymap) -Return the name matching @var{keymap}. @var{name} is one which would -be supplied in a @code{set keymap} inputrc line (@pxref{Readline Init File}). -@end deftypefun - -@node Binding Keys -@subsection Binding Keys - -Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap. -Readline has several internal keymaps: @code{emacs_standard_keymap}, -@code{emacs_meta_keymap}, @code{emacs_ctlx_keymap}, -@code{vi_movement_keymap}, and @code{vi_insertion_keymap}. -@code{emacs_standard_keymap} is the default, and the examples in -this manual assume that. - -Since @code{readline()} installs a set of default key bindings the first -time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding -installed before the first call to @code{readline()} will be overridden. -An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an -initialization function assigned to the @code{rl_startup_hook} variable -(@pxref{Readline Variables}). - -These functions manage key bindings. - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_key (int key, rl_command_func_t *function) -Binds @var{key} to @var{function} in the currently active keymap. -Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Bind @var{key} to @var{function} in @var{map}. -Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound (int key, rl_command_func_t *function) -Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the -currently active keymap. -Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is -already bound. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}. -Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is -already bound. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_unbind_key (int key) -Bind @var{key} to the null function in the currently active keymap. -Returns non-zero in case of error. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_unbind_key_in_map (int key, Keymap map) -Bind @var{key} to the null function in @var{map}. -Returns non-zero in case of error. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_unbind_function_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Unbind all keys that execute @var{function} in @var{map}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_unbind_command_in_map (const char *command, Keymap map) -Unbind all keys that are bound to @var{command} in @var{map}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function) -Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function -@var{function}, beginning in the current keymap. -This makes new keymaps as necessary. -The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function -@var{function}. This makes new keymaps as necessary. -Initial bindings are performed in @var{map}. -The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_set_key (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Equivalent to @code{rl_bind_keyseq_in_map}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function) -Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the -currently active keymap. -Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is -already bound. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}. -Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is -already bound. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_generic_bind (int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map) -Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the arbitrary -pointer @var{data}. @var{type} says what kind of data is pointed to by -@var{data}; this can be a function (@code{ISFUNC}), a macro -(@code{ISMACR}), or a keymap (@code{ISKMAP}). This makes new keymaps as -necessary. The initial keymap in which to do bindings is @var{map}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_parse_and_bind (char *line) -Parse @var{line} as if it had been read from the @code{inputrc} file and -perform any key bindings and variable assignments found -(@pxref{Readline Init File}). -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_read_init_file (const char *filename) -Read keybindings and variable assignments from @var{filename} -(@pxref{Readline Init File}). -@end deftypefun - -@node Associating Function Names and Bindings -@subsection Associating Function Names and Bindings - -These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions -and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence. You may also -associate a new function name with an arbitrary function. - -@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_named_function (const char *name) -Return the function with name @var{name}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_function_of_keyseq (const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type) -Return the function invoked by @var{keyseq} in keymap @var{map}. -If @var{map} is @code{NULL}, the current keymap is used. If @var{type} is -not @code{NULL}, the type of the object is returned in the @code{int} variable -it points to (one of @code{ISFUNC}, @code{ISKMAP}, or @code{ISMACR}). -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char **} rl_invoking_keyseqs (rl_command_func_t *function) -Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to -invoke @var{function} in the current keymap. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char **} rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map) -Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to -invoke @var{function} in the keymap @var{map}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_function_dumper (int readable) -Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently -bound to them to @code{rl_outstream}. If @var{readable} is non-zero, -the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an -@code{inputrc} file and re-read. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_list_funmap_names (void) -Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to @code{rl_outstream}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {const char **} rl_funmap_names (void) -Return a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array is -sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside. You -should @code{free()} the array when you are done, but not the pointers. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_add_funmap_entry (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function) -Add @var{name} to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make -@var{function} the function to be called when @var{name} is invoked. -@end deftypefun - -@node Allowing Undoing -@subsection Allowing Undoing - -Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your -functions much more useful. It is certainly easy to try -something if you know you can undo it. - -If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and -uses @code{rl_insert_text()} or @code{rl_delete_text()} to do it, then -undoing is already done for you automatically. - -If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination -of these operations, you should group them together into one operation. -This is done with @code{rl_begin_undo_group()} and -@code{rl_end_undo_group()}. - -The types of events that can be undone are: - -@smallexample -enum undo_code @{ UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END @}; -@end smallexample - -Notice that @code{UNDO_DELETE} means to insert some text, and -@code{UNDO_INSERT} means to delete some text. That is, the undo code -tells what to undo, not how to undo it. @code{UNDO_BEGIN} and -@code{UNDO_END} are tags added by @code{rl_begin_undo_group()} and -@code{rl_end_undo_group()}. - -@deftypefun int rl_begin_undo_group (void) -Begins saving undo information in a group construct. The undo -information usually comes from calls to @code{rl_insert_text()} and -@code{rl_delete_text()}, but could be the result of calls to -@code{rl_add_undo()}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_end_undo_group (void) -Closes the current undo group started with @code{rl_begin_undo_group -()}. There should be one call to @code{rl_end_undo_group()} -for each call to @code{rl_begin_undo_group()}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_add_undo (enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text) -Remember how to undo an event (according to @var{what}). The affected -text runs from @var{start} to @var{end}, and encompasses @var{text}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_free_undo_list (void) -Free the existing undo list. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_do_undo (void) -Undo the first thing on the undo list. Returns @code{0} if there was -nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone. -@end deftypefun - -Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the -existing text (e.g., change its case), call @code{rl_modifying()} -once, just before you modify the text. You must supply the indices of -the text range that you are going to modify. - -@deftypefun int rl_modifying (int start, int end) -Tell Readline to save the text between @var{start} and @var{end} as a -single undo unit. It is assumed that you will subsequently modify -that text. -@end deftypefun - -@node Redisplay -@subsection Redisplay - -@deftypefun void rl_redisplay (void) -Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents -of @code{rl_line_buffer}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_forced_update_display (void) -Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not -Readline thinks the screen display is correct. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_on_new_line (void) -Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line, -usually after ouputting a newline. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_on_new_line_with_prompt (void) -Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with -@var{rl_prompt} already displayed. -This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string -themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for -redisplay. -It should be used after setting @var{rl_already_prompted}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_reset_line_state (void) -Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line -starting on a new line. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_crlf (void) -Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_show_char (int c) -Display character @var{c} on @code{rl_outstream}. -If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this -will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence. -This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own -redisplay. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_message (const char *, @dots{}) -The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to @code{printf}, -possibly containing conversion specifications such as @samp{%d}, and -any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications. -The resulting string is displayed in the @dfn{echo area}. The echo area -is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings. -You should call @code{rl_save_prompt} to save the prompt information -before calling this function. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_clear_message (void) -Clear the message in the echo area. If the prompt was saved with a call to -@code{rl_save_prompt} before the last call to @code{rl_message}, -call @code{rl_restore_prompt} before calling this function. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_save_prompt (void) -Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for -displaying a new message in the message area with @code{rl_message()}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_restore_prompt (void) -Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most -recent call to @code{rl_save_prompt}. -if @code{rl_save_prompt} was called to save the prompt before a call -to @code{rl_message}, this function should be called before the -corresponding call to @code{rl_clear_message}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_expand_prompt (char *prompt) -Expand any special character sequences in @var{prompt} and set up the -local Readline prompt redisplay variables. -This function is called by @code{readline()}. It may also be called to -expand the primary prompt if the @code{rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()} -function or @code{rl_already_prompted} variable is used. -It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the -(possibly multi-line) prompt. -Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take -up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of -such characters with the special markers @code{RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE} -and @code{RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE} (declared in @file{readline.h}. This may -be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_set_prompt (const char *prompt) -Make Readline use @var{prompt} for subsequent redisplay. This calls -@code{rl_expand_prompt()} to expand the prompt and sets @code{rl_prompt} -to the result. -@end deftypefun - -@node Modifying Text -@subsection Modifying Text - -@deftypefun int rl_insert_text (const char *text) -Insert @var{text} into the line at the current cursor position. -Returns the number of characters inserted. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_delete_text (int start, int end) -Delete the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in the current line. -Returns the number of characters deleted. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} rl_copy_text (int start, int end) -Return a copy of the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in -the current line. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_kill_text (int start, int end) -Copy the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in the current line -to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the -last command was a kill command. The text is deleted. -If @var{start} is less than @var{end}, -the text is appended, otherwise prepended. If the last command was -not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_push_macro_input (char *macro) -Cause @var{macro} to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked -by a key bound to a macro. Not especially useful; use -@code{rl_insert_text()} instead. -@end deftypefun - -@node Character Input -@subsection Character Input - -@deftypefun int rl_read_key (void) -Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream. -This handles input inserted into -the input stream via @var{rl_pending_input} (@pxref{Readline Variables}) -and @code{rl_stuff_char()}, macros, and characters read from the keyboard. -While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to -the @code{rl_event_hook} variable. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_getc (FILE *stream) -Return the next character available from @var{stream}, which is assumed to -be the keyboard. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_stuff_char (int c) -Insert @var{c} into the Readline input stream. It will be "read" -before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with -@code{rl_read_key()}. Up to 512 characters may be pushed back. -@code{rl_stuff_char} returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted; -0 otherwise. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_execute_next (int c) -Make @var{c} be the next command to be executed when @code{rl_read_key()} -is called. This sets @var{rl_pending_input}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_clear_pending_input (void) -Unset @var{rl_pending_input}, effectively negating the effect of any -previous call to @code{rl_execute_next()}. This works only if the -pending input has not already been read with @code{rl_read_key()}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (int u) -While waiting for keyboard input in @code{rl_read_key()}, Readline will -wait for @var{u} microseconds for input before calling any function -assigned to @code{rl_event_hook}. The default waiting period is -one-tenth of a second. Returns the old timeout value. -@end deftypefun - -@node Terminal Management -@subsection Terminal Management - -@deftypefun void rl_prep_terminal (int meta_flag) -Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so @code{readline()} -can read a single character at a time from the keyboard. -The @var{meta_flag} argument should be non-zero if Readline should -read eight-bit input. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_deprep_terminal (void) -Undo the effects of @code{rl_prep_terminal()}, leaving the terminal in -the state in which it was before the most recent call to -@code{rl_prep_terminal()}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_tty_set_default_bindings (Keymap kmap) -Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be -displayed by @code{stty}) to their Readline equivalents. -The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (Keymap kmap) -Reset the bindings manipulated by @code{rl_tty_set_default_bindings} so -that the terminal editing characters are bound to @code{rl_insert}. -The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_reset_terminal (const char *terminal_name) -Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using -@var{terminal_name} as the terminal type (e.g., @code{vt100}). -If @var{terminal_name} is @code{NULL}, the value of the @code{TERM} -environment variable is used. -@end deftypefun - -@node Utility Functions -@subsection Utility Functions - -@deftypefun void rl_replace_line (const char *text, int clear_undo) -Replace the contents of @code{rl_line_buffer} with @var{text}. -The point and mark are preserved, if possible. -If @var{clear_undo} is non-zero, the undo list associated with the -current line is cleared. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_extend_line_buffer (int len) -Ensure that @code{rl_line_buffer} has enough space to hold @var{len} -characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_initialize (void) -Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state. -It's not strictly necessary to call this; @code{readline()} calls it before -reading any input. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_ding (void) -Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of @code{bell-style}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_alphabetic (int c) -Return 1 if @var{c} is an alphabetic character. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_display_match_list (char **matches, int len, int max) -A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in -columnar format on Readline's output stream. @code{matches} is the list -of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches. -@code{len} is the number of strings in @code{matches}, and @code{max} -is the length of the longest string in @code{matches}. This function uses -the setting of @code{print-completions-horizontally} to select how the -matches are displayed (@pxref{Readline Init File Syntax}). -@end deftypefun - -The following are implemented as macros, defined in @code{chardefs.h}. -Applications should refrain from using them. - -@deftypefun int _rl_uppercase_p (int c) -Return 1 if @var{c} is an uppercase alphabetic character. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int _rl_lowercase_p (int c) -Return 1 if @var{c} is a lowercase alphabetic character. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int _rl_digit_p (int c) -Return 1 if @var{c} is a numeric character. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int _rl_to_upper (int c) -If @var{c} is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding -uppercase character. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int _rl_to_lower (int c) -If @var{c} is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding -lowercase character. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int _rl_digit_value (int c) -If @var{c} is a number, return the value it represents. -@end deftypefun - -@node Miscellaneous Functions -@subsection Miscellaneous Functions - -@deftypefun int rl_macro_bind (const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map) -Bind the key sequence @var{keyseq} to invoke the macro @var{macro}. -The binding is performed in @var{map}. When @var{keyseq} is invoked, the -@var{macro} will be inserted into the line. This function is deprecated; -use @code{rl_generic_bind()} instead. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_macro_dumper (int readable) -Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using -the current keymap, to @code{rl_outstream}. -If @var{readable} is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way -that it can be made part of an @code{inputrc} file and re-read. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_variable_bind (const char *variable, const char *value) -Make the Readline variable @var{variable} have @var{value}. -This behaves as if the readline command -@samp{set @var{variable} @var{value}} had been executed in an @code{inputrc} -file (@pxref{Readline Init File Syntax}). -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} rl_variable_value (const char *variable) -Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable @var{variable}. -For boolean variables, this string is either @samp{on} or @samp{off}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_variable_dumper (int readable) -Print the readline variable names and their current values -to @code{rl_outstream}. -If @var{readable} is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way -that it can be made part of an @code{inputrc} file and re-read. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_set_paren_blink_timeout (int u) -Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing -a balancing character when @code{blink-matching-paren} has been enabled. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} rl_get_termcap (const char *cap) -Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability @var{cap}. -Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and -uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other -terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line. Readline does not -use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return -values for only those capabilities Readline uses. -@end deftypefun - -@node Alternate Interface -@subsection Alternate Interface - -An alternate interface is available to plain @code{readline()}. Some -applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or -window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to @code{select()} -on various file descriptors. To accomodate this need, readline can -also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop. There -are functions available to make this easy. - -@deftypefun void rl_callback_handler_install (const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler) -Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial -expanded value of @var{prompt}. Save the value of @var{lhandler} to -use as a function to call when a complete line of input has been entered. -The function takes the text of the line as an argument. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_callback_read_char (void) -Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it -should call @code{rl_callback_read_char()}, which will read the next -character from the current input source. -If that character completes the line, @code{rl_callback_read_char} will -invoke the @var{lhandler} function saved by @code{rl_callback_handler_install} -to process the line. -Before calling the @var{lhandler} function, the terminal settings are -reset to the values they had before calling -@code{rl_callback_handler_install}. -If the @var{lhandler} function returns, -the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again. -@code{EOF} is indicated by calling @var{lhandler} with a -@code{NULL} line. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_callback_handler_remove (void) -Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler. -This may be called from within a callback as well as independently. -If the @var{lhandler} installed by @code{rl_callback_handler_install} -does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred -to by the value of @code{rl_deprep_term_function} should be called before -the program exits to reset the terminal settings. -@end deftypefun - -@node A Readline Example -@subsection A Readline Example - -Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase -equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase. If -this function was bound to @samp{M-c}, then typing @samp{M-c} would -change the case of the character under point. Typing @samp{M-1 0 M-c} -would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on -the last character changed. - -@example -/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */ -int -invert_case_line (count, key) - int count, key; -@{ - register int start, end, i; - - start = rl_point; - - if (rl_point >= rl_end) - return (0); - - if (count < 0) - @{ - direction = -1; - count = -count; - @} - else - direction = 1; - - /* Find the end of the range to modify. */ - end = start + (count * direction); - - /* Force it to be within range. */ - if (end > rl_end) - end = rl_end; - else if (end < 0) - end = 0; - - if (start == end) - return (0); - - if (start > end) - @{ - int temp = start; - start = end; - end = temp; - @} - - /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line, - so it will save the undo information. */ - rl_modifying (start, end); - - for (i = start; i != end; i++) - @{ - if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i])) - rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]); - else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i])) - rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]); - @} - /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */ - rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start; - return (0); -@} -@end example - -@node Readline Signal Handling -@section Readline Signal Handling - -Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel, -sometimes on behalf of another process. They are intended to indicate -exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal, -or a network connection being broken. There is a class of signals that can -be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard. Since -Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to -perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to -restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with -functions to do so manually. - -Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a -number of signals (@code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGTERM}, -@code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, and @code{SIGTTOU}). -When one of these signals is received, the signal handler -will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before -@code{readline()} was called, reset the signal handling to what it was -before @code{readline()} was called, and resend the signal to the calling -application. -If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline -will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input. -When a @code{SIGINT} is received, the Readline signal handler performs -some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be -aborted (see the description of @code{rl_free_line_state()} below). - -There is an additional Readline signal handler, for @code{SIGWINCH}, which -the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for -example, if a user resizes an @code{xterm}). The Readline @code{SIGWINCH} -handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls -any @code{SIGWINCH} signal handler the calling application has installed. -Readline calls the application's @code{SIGWINCH} signal handler without -resetting the terminal to its original state. If the application's signal -handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for -example, a @code{longjmp} back to a main processing loop), it @emph{must} -call @code{rl_cleanup_after_signal()} (described below), to restore the -terminal state. - -Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to -control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them -when they are received. It is important that applications change the -values of these variables only when calling @code{readline()}, not in -a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted. - -@deftypevar int rl_catch_signals -If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for -@code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGTERM}, @code{SIGALRM}, -@code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, and @code{SIGTTOU}. - -The default value of @code{rl_catch_signals} is 1. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_catch_sigwinch -If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install a signal handler for -@code{SIGWINCH}. - -The default value of @code{rl_catch_sigwinch} is 1. -@end deftypevar - -If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or -to handle signals other than those Readline catches (@code{SIGHUP}, -for example), -Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal -and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal. - -@deftypefun void rl_cleanup_after_signal (void) -This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before -@code{readline()} was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for -all signals, depending on the values of @code{rl_catch_signals} and -@code{rl_catch_sigwinch}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_free_line_state (void) -This will free any partial state associated with the current input line -(undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered -keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument). This -should be called before @code{rl_cleanup_after_signal()}. The -Readline signal handler for @code{SIGINT} calls this to abort the -current input line. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_reset_after_signal (void) -This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal -handlers, depending on the values of @code{rl_catch_signals} and -@code{rl_catch_sigwinch}. -@end deftypefun - -If an application does not wish Readline to catch @code{SIGWINCH}, it may -call @code{rl_resize_terminal()} or @code{rl_set_screen_size()} to force -Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when a @code{SIGWINCH} -is received. - -@deftypefun void rl_resize_terminal (void) -Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_set_screen_size (int rows, int cols) -Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to @var{rows} rows and -@var{cols} columns. If either @var{rows} or @var{columns} is less than -or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged. -@end deftypefun - -If an application does not want to install a @code{SIGWINCH} handler, but -is still interested in the screen dimensions, Readline's idea of the screen -size may be queried. - -@deftypefun void rl_get_screen_size (int *rows, int *cols) -Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the -variables pointed to by the arguments. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun void rl_reset_screen_size (void) -Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions. -@end deftypefun - -The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers. - -@deftypefun int rl_set_signals (void) -Install Readline's signal handler for @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, -@code{SIGTERM}, @code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, -@code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGWINCH}, depending on the values of -@code{rl_catch_signals} and @code{rl_catch_sigwinch}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_clear_signals (void) -Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by -@code{rl_set_signals()}. -@end deftypefun - -@node Custom Completers -@section Custom Completers -@cindex application-specific completion functions - -Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of -disambiguating commands and data. If your program is one of these, then -it can provide completion for commands, data, or both. -The following sections describe how your program and Readline -cooperate to provide this service. - -@menu -* How Completing Works:: The logic used to do completion. -* Completion Functions:: Functions provided by Readline. -* Completion Variables:: Variables which control completion. -* A Short Completion Example:: An example of writing completer subroutines. -@end menu - -@node How Completing Works -@subsection How Completing Works - -In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions -must be available. That is, it is not possible to accurately -expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words -which make sense in that context. The Readline library provides -the user interface to completion, and two of the most common -completion functions: filename and username. For completing other types -of text, you must write your own completion function. This section -describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example. - -There are three major functions used to perform completion: - -@enumerate -@item -The user-interface function @code{rl_complete()}. This function is -called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions: -@var{count} and @var{invoking_key}. -It isolates the word to be completed and calls -@code{rl_completion_matches()} to generate a list of possible completions. -It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible -completions, or actually performs the -completion, depending on which behavior is desired. - -@item -The internal function @code{rl_completion_matches()} uses an -application-supplied @dfn{generator} function to generate the list of -possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches. -The caller should place the address of its generator function in -@code{rl_completion_entry_function}. - -@item -The generator function is called repeatedly from -@code{rl_completion_matches()}, returning a string each time. The -arguments to the generator function are @var{text} and @var{state}. -@var{text} is the partial word to be completed. @var{state} is zero the -first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform -any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for -each subsequent call. The generator function returns -@code{(char *)NULL} to inform @code{rl_completion_matches()} that there are -no more possibilities left. Usually the generator function computes the -list of possible completions when @var{state} is zero, and returns them -one at a time on subsequent calls. Each string the generator function -returns as a match must be allocated with @code{malloc()}; Readline -frees the strings when it has finished with them. -Such a generator function is referred to as an -@dfn{application-specific completion function}. - -@end enumerate - -@deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key) -Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function -that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see -@code{rl_completion_matches()}). The default is to do filename completion. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function -This is a pointer to the generator function for -@code{rl_completion_matches()}. -If the value of @code{rl_completion_entry_function} is -@code{NULL} then the default filename generator -function, @code{rl_filename_completion_function()}, is used. -An @dfn{application-specific completion function} is a function whose -address is assigned to @code{rl_completion_entry_function} and whose -return values are used to generate possible completions. -@end deftypevar - -@node Completion Functions -@subsection Completion Functions - -Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in -Readline. - -@deftypefun int rl_complete_internal (int what_to_do) -Complete the word at or before point. @var{what_to_do} says what to do -with the completion. A value of @samp{?} means list the possible -completions. @samp{TAB} means do standard completion. @samp{*} means -insert all of the possible completions. @samp{!} means to display -all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as -performing partial completion. @samp{@@} is similar to @samp{!}, but -possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share -a common prefix. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key) -Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function -that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see -@code{rl_completion_matches()} and @code{rl_completion_entry_function}). -The default is to do filename -completion. This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an -argument depending on @var{invoking_key}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_possible_completions (int count, int invoking_key) -List the possible completions. See description of @code{rl_complete -()}. This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of -@samp{?}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_insert_completions (int count, int invoking_key) -Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the -partially-completed word. See description of @code{rl_complete()}. -This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of @samp{*}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun int rl_completion_mode (rl_command_func_t *cfunc) -Returns the apppriate value to pass to @code{rl_complete_internal()} -depending on whether @var{cfunc} was called twice in succession and -the values of the @code{show-all-if-ambiguous} and -@code{show-all-if-unmodified} variables. -Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present -the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char **} rl_completion_matches (const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func) -Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for -@var{text}. If there are no completions, returns @code{NULL}. -The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for @var{text}. -The remaining entries are the possible completions. The array is -terminated with a @code{NULL} pointer. - -@var{entry_func} is a function of two args, and returns a -@code{char *}. The first argument is @var{text}. The second is a -state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent -calls. @var{entry_func} returns a @code{NULL} pointer to the caller -when there are no more matches. -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} rl_filename_completion_function (const char *text, int state) -A generator function for filename completion in the general case. -@var{text} is a partial filename. -The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific -completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other -Readline functions). -@end deftypefun - -@deftypefun {char *} rl_username_completion_function (const char *text, int state) -A completion generator for usernames. @var{text} contains a partial -username preceded by a random character (usually @samp{~}). As with all -completion generators, @var{state} is zero on the first call and non-zero -for subsequent calls. -@end deftypefun - -@node Completion Variables -@subsection Completion Variables - -@deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function -A pointer to the generator function for @code{rl_completion_matches()}. -@code{NULL} means to use @code{rl_filename_completion_function()}, -the default filename completer. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_completion_func_t *} rl_attempted_completion_function -A pointer to an alternative function to create matches. -The function is called with @var{text}, @var{start}, and @var{end}. -@var{start} and @var{end} are indices in @code{rl_line_buffer} defining -the boundaries of @var{text}, which is a character string. -If this function exists and returns @code{NULL}, or if this variable is -set to @code{NULL}, then @code{rl_complete()} will call the value of -@code{rl_completion_entry_function} to generate matches, otherwise the -array of strings returned will be used. -If this function sets the @code{rl_attempted_completion_over} -variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default -completion even if this function returns no matches. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_quote_func_t *} rl_filename_quoting_function -A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an -application-specific fashion. This is called if filename completion is being -attempted and one of the characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters} -appears in a completed filename. The function is called with -@var{text}, @var{match_type}, and @var{quote_pointer}. The @var{text} -is the filename to be quoted. The @var{match_type} is either -@code{SINGLE_MATCH}, if there is only one completion match, or -@code{MULT_MATCH}. Some functions use this to decide whether or not to -insert a closing quote character. The @var{quote_pointer} is a pointer -to any opening quote character the user typed. Some functions choose -to reset this character. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_dequote_func_t *} rl_filename_dequoting_function -A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting -characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those -characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in -the filesystem. It is called with @var{text}, the text of the word -to be dequoted, and @var{quote_char}, which is the quoting character -that delimits the filename (usually @samp{'} or @samp{"}). If -@var{quote_char} is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_linebuf_func_t *} rl_char_is_quoted_p -A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific -character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting -mechanism the program calling Readline uses. The function is called with -two arguments: @var{text}, the text of the line, and @var{index}, the -index of the character in the line. It is used to decide whether a -character found in @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} should be -used to break words for the completer. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_compignore_func_t *} rl_ignore_some_completions_function -This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename -completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated. -It is passed a @code{NULL} terminated array of matches. -The first element (@code{matches[0]}) is the -maximal substring common to all matches. This function can -re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted -from the array must be freed. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_icppfunc_t *} rl_directory_completion_hook -This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion -of filenames Readline completes. It is called with the address of a -string (the current directory name) as an argument, and may modify that string. -If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed. -Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash. -The modified value will be displayed as part of the completion, replacing -the directory portion of the pathname the user typed. -It returns an integer that should be non-zero if the function modifies -its directory argument. -It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_compdisp_func_t *} rl_completion_display_matches_hook -If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when -completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches. -This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list. -It takes three arguments: -(@code{char **}@var{matches}, @code{int} @var{num_matches}, @code{int} @var{max_length}) -where @var{matches} is the array of matching strings, -@var{num_matches} is the number of strings in that array, and -@var{max_length} is the length of the longest string in that array. -Readline provides a convenience function, @code{rl_display_match_list}, -that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream. That -function may be called from this hook. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_basic_word_break_characters -The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the -completer routine. The default value of this variable is the characters -which break words for completion in Bash: -@code{" \t\n\"\\'`@@$><=;|&@{("}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_basic_quote_characters -A list of quote characters which can cause a word break. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_word_break_characters -The list of characters that signal a break between words for -@code{rl_complete_internal()}. The default list is the value of -@code{rl_basic_word_break_characters}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {rl_cpvfunc_t *} rl_completion_word_break_hook -If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is -deciding where to separate words for word completion. It should return -a character string like @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} to be -used to perform the current completion. The function may choose to set -@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} itself. If the function -returns @code{NULL}, @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} is used. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_quote_characters -A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line. -Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring -@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} are treated as any other character, -unless they also appear within this list. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_filename_quote_characters -A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer -when they appear in a completed filename. The default is the null string. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {const char *} rl_special_prefixes -The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be -left in @var{text} when it is passed to the completion function. -Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do. -For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@@" so that it can complete -shell variables and hostnames. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_query_items -Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a -possible-completions call. After that, readline asks the user if she is sure -she wants to see them all. The default value is 100. A negative value -indicates that Readline should never ask the user. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar {int} rl_completion_append_character -When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command -line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text. The -default is a space character (@samp{ }). Setting this to the null -character (@samp{\0}) prevents anything being appended automatically. -This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to -provide the ``most sensible word separator character'' according to -an application-specific command line syntax specification. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_append -If non-zero, @var{rl_completion_append_character} is not appended to -matches at the end of the command line, as described above. -It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function -is called, and may only be changed within such a function. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_quote_character -When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the -characters in @var{rl_completer_quote_characters}, it sets this variable -to the quoting character found. -This is set before any application-specific completion function is called. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_quote -If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when -performing completion on a quoted string. -It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function -is called, and may only be changed within such a function. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_found_quote -When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable -to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited -by any quoting characters, including backslashes. -This is set before any application-specific completion function is called. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs -If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are -symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the -user-settable @var{mark-directories} variable. -This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions -can override the user's global preference (set via the -@var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable) if appropriate. -This variable is set to the user's preference before any -application-specific completion function is called, so unless that -function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates -If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed. -The default is 1. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_filename_completion_desired -Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as -filenames. This is @emph{always} zero when completion is attempted, -and can only be changed -within an application-specific completion function. If it is set to a -non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended -and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any -characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters} and -@code{rl_filename_quoting_desired} is set to a non-zero value. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_filename_quoting_desired -Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using -double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the -completed filename contains any characters in -@code{rl_filename_quote_chars}. This is @emph{always} non-zero -when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an -application-specific completion function. -The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to -by @code{rl_filename_quoting_function}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_attempted_completion_over -If an application-specific completion function assigned to -@code{rl_attempted_completion_function} sets this variable to a non-zero -value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even -if the application's completion function returns no matches. -It should be set only by an application's completion function. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_completion_type -Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently -attempting; see the description of @code{rl_complete_internal()} -(@pxref{Completion Functions}) for the list of characters. -This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific -completion function is called, allowing such functions to present -the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}. -@end deftypevar - -@deftypevar int rl_inhibit_completion -If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited. The completion -character will be inserted as any other bound to @code{self-insert}. -@end deftypevar - -@node A Short Completion Example -@subsection A Short Completion Example - -Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline -library. It is called @code{fileman}, and the source code resides in -@file{examples/fileman.c}. This sample application provides -completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the -history list. - -@page -@smallexample -/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the - GNU Readline library. This application interactively allows users - to manipulate files and their modes. */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include - -extern char *xmalloc (); - -/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */ -int com_list __P((char *)); -int com_view __P((char *)); -int com_rename __P((char *)); -int com_stat __P((char *)); -int com_pwd __P((char *)); -int com_delete __P((char *)); -int com_help __P((char *)); -int com_cd __P((char *)); -int com_quit __P((char *)); - -/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program - can understand. */ - -typedef struct @{ - char *name; /* User printable name of the function. */ - rl_icpfunc_t *func; /* Function to call to do the job. */ - char *doc; /* Documentation for this function. */ -@} COMMAND; - -COMMAND commands[] = @{ - @{ "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" @}, - @{ "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" @}, - @{ "help", com_help, "Display this text" @}, - @{ "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" @}, - @{ "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" @}, - @{ "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" @}, - @{ "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" @}, - @{ "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" @}, - @{ "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" @}, - @{ "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" @}, - @{ "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" @}, - @{ (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL @} -@}; - -/* Forward declarations. */ -char *stripwhite (); -COMMAND *find_command (); - -/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */ -char *progname; - -/* When non-zero, this means the user is done using this program. */ -int done; - -char * -dupstr (s) - int s; -@{ - char *r; - - r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1); - strcpy (r, s); - return (r); -@} - -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -@{ - char *line, *s; - - progname = argv[0]; - - initialize_readline (); /* Bind our completer. */ - - /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */ - for ( ; done == 0; ) - @{ - line = readline ("FileMan: "); - - if (!line) - break; - - /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line. - Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list - and execute it. */ - s = stripwhite (line); - - if (*s) - @{ - add_history (s); - execute_line (s); - @} - - free (line); - @} - exit (0); -@} - -/* Execute a command line. */ -int -execute_line (line) - char *line; -@{ - register int i; - COMMAND *command; - char *word; - - /* Isolate the command word. */ - i = 0; - while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i])) - i++; - word = line + i; - - while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i])) - i++; - - if (line[i]) - line[i++] = '\0'; - - command = find_command (word); - - if (!command) - @{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word); - return (-1); - @} - - /* Get argument to command, if any. */ - while (whitespace (line[i])) - i++; - - word = line + i; - - /* Call the function. */ - return ((*(command->func)) (word)); -@} - -/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that - command. Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */ -COMMAND * -find_command (name) - char *name; -@{ - register int i; - - for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++) - if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0) - return (&commands[i]); - - return ((COMMAND *)NULL); -@} - -/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING. Return a pointer - into STRING. */ -char * -stripwhite (string) - char *string; -@{ - register char *s, *t; - - for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++) - ; - - if (*s == 0) - return (s); - - t = s + strlen (s) - 1; - while (t > s && whitespace (*t)) - t--; - *++t = '\0'; - - return s; -@} - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Interface to Readline Completion */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -char *command_generator __P((const char *, int)); -char **fileman_completion __P((const char *, int, int)); - -/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete. We want to try to - complete on command names if this is the first word in the line, or - on filenames if not. */ -initialize_readline () -@{ - /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */ - rl_readline_name = "FileMan"; - - /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */ - rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion; -@} - -/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT. START and END - bound the region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to - complete. TEXT is the word to complete. We can use the entire - contents of rl_line_buffer in case we want to do some simple - parsing. Returnthe array of matches, or NULL if there aren't any. */ -char ** -fileman_completion (text, start, end) - const char *text; - int start, end; -@{ - char **matches; - - matches = (char **)NULL; - - /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command - to complete. Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current - directory. */ - if (start == 0) - matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator); - - return (matches); -@} - -/* Generator function for command completion. STATE lets us - know whether to start from scratch; without any state - (i.e. STATE == 0), then we start at the top of the list. */ -char * -command_generator (text, state) - const char *text; - int state; -@{ - static int list_index, len; - char *name; - - /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now. This - includes saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and - initializing the index variable to 0. */ - if (!state) - @{ - list_index = 0; - len = strlen (text); - @} - - /* Return the next name which partially matches from the - command list. */ - while (name = commands[list_index].name) - @{ - list_index++; - - if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0) - return (dupstr(name)); - @} - - /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */ - return ((char *)NULL); -@} - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* FileMan Commands */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -/* String to pass to system (). This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME - commands. */ -static char syscom[1024]; - -/* List the file(s) named in arg. */ -com_list (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - if (!arg) - arg = ""; - - sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg); - return (system (syscom)); -@} - -com_view (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - if (!valid_argument ("view", arg)) - return 1; - - sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg); - return (system (syscom)); -@} - -com_rename (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - too_dangerous ("rename"); - return (1); -@} - -com_stat (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - struct stat finfo; - - if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg)) - return (1); - - if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1) - @{ - perror (arg); - return (1); - @} - - printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg); - - printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n", arg, - finfo.st_nlink, - (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s", - finfo.st_size, - (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s"); - printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime)); - printf (" Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime)); - printf (" Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime)); - return (0); -@} - -com_delete (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - too_dangerous ("delete"); - return (1); -@} - -/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is - not present. */ -com_help (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - register int i; - int printed = 0; - - for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++) - @{ - if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0)) - @{ - printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc); - printed++; - @} - @} - - if (!printed) - @{ - printf ("No commands match `%s'. Possibilties are:\n", arg); - - for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++) - @{ - /* Print in six columns. */ - if (printed == 6) - @{ - printed = 0; - printf ("\n"); - @} - - printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name); - printed++; - @} - - if (printed) - printf ("\n"); - @} - return (0); -@} - -/* Change to the directory ARG. */ -com_cd (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - if (chdir (arg) == -1) - @{ - perror (arg); - return 1; - @} - - com_pwd (""); - return (0); -@} - -/* Print out the current working directory. */ -com_pwd (ignore) - char *ignore; -@{ - char dir[1024], *s; - - s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1); - if (s == 0) - @{ - printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir); - return 1; - @} - - printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir); - return 0; -@} - -/* The user wishes to quit using this program. Just set DONE - non-zero. */ -com_quit (arg) - char *arg; -@{ - done = 1; - return (0); -@} - -/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */ -too_dangerous (caller) - char *caller; -@{ - fprintf (stderr, - "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute.\n", - caller); - fprintf (stderr, "Write it yourself.\n"); -@} - -/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, - else print an error message and return zero. */ -int -valid_argument (caller, arg) - char *caller, *arg; -@{ - if (!arg || !*arg) - @{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller); - return (0); - @} - - return (1); -@} -@end smallexample
    rltech.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: fdl.texi =================================================================== --- fdl.texi (revision 816) +++ fdl.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,452 +0,0 @@ - -@node GNU Free Documentation License -@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License - -@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License -@center Version 1.2, November 2002 - -@display -Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA - -Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies -of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. -@end display - -@enumerate 0 -@item -PREAMBLE - -The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to -assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, -with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. -Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way -to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible -for modifications made by others. - -This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative -works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -license designed for free software. - -We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. - -@item -APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS - -This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that -contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be -distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a -world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that -work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, -refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a -licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you -copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission -under copyright law. - -A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the -Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -modifications and/or translated into another language. - -A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section -of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall -subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall -directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in -part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain -any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -them. - -The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -that says that the Document is released under this License. If a -section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not -allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero -Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant -Sections then there are none. - -The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, -as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may -be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. - -A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -represented in a format whose specification is available to the -general public, that is suitable for revising the document -straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart -or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. -An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount -of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. - -Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input -format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available -@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML}, -PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples -of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and -@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be -read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or -@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are -not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML}, -PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for -output purposes only. - -The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means -the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -preceding the beginning of the body of the text. - -A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose -title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following -text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a -specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', -``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title'' -of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a -section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. - -The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which -states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty -Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this -License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other -implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has -no effect on the meaning of this License. - -@item -VERBATIM COPYING - -You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. - -You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -you may publicly display copies. - -@item -COPYING IN QUANTITY - -If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have -printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the -Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the -copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -as verbatim copying in other respects. - -If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -pages. - -If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -a computer-network location from which the general network-using -public has access to download using public-standard network protocols -a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. -If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, -when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure -that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated -location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an -Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that -edition to the public. - -It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - -@item -MODIFICATIONS - -You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: - -@enumerate A -@item -Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -if the original publisher of that version gives permission. - -@item -List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), -unless they release you from this requirement. - -@item -State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -Modified Version, as the publisher. - -@item -Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - -@item -Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -adjacent to the other copyright notices. - -@item -Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. - -@item -Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. - -@item -Include an unaltered copy of this License. - -@item -Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add -to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one -stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -Version as stated in the previous sentence. - -@item -Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. -You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. - -@item -For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve -the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the -substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or -dedications given therein. - -@item -Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - -@item -Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section -may not be included in the Modified Version. - -@item -Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or -to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. - -@item -Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. -@end enumerate - -If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. - -You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains -nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -standard. - -You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. - -The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -imply endorsement of any Modified Version. - -@item -COMBINING DOCUMENTS - -You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. - -The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. - -In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' -in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled -``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', -and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all -sections Entitled ``Endorsements.'' - -@item -COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS - -You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. - -You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. - -@item -AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS - -A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright -resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights -of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. -When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not -apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves -derivative works of the Document. - -If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of -the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the -electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. -Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole -aggregate. - -@item -TRANSLATION - -Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -translation of this License, and all the license notices in the -Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include -the original English version of this License and the original versions -of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between -the translation and the original version of this License or a notice -or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. - -If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', -``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve -its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual -title. - -@item -TERMINATION - -You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - -@item -FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - -The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. - -Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of -following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -@end enumerate - -@page -@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents - -To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -the License in the document and put the following copyright and -license notices just after the title page: - -@smallexample -@group - Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document - under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 - or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; - with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. - A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU - Free Documentation License''. -@end group -@end smallexample - -If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, -replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this: - -@smallexample -@group - with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with - the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts - being @var{list}. -@end group -@end smallexample - -If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other -combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the -situation. - -If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -to permit their use in free software. - -@c Local Variables: -@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" -@c End: -
    fdl.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: version.texi =================================================================== --- version.texi (revision 816) +++ version.texi (nonexistent) @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -@ignore -Copyright (C) 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@end ignore - -@set EDITION 5.1-beta1 -@set VERSION 5.1-beta1 -@set UPDATED 11 November 2005 -@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2005 - -@set LASTCHANGE Fri Nov 11 19:50:51 EST 2005
    version.texi Property changes : Deleted: svn:eol-style ## -1 +0,0 ## -native \ No newline at end of property Deleted: svn:keywords ## -1 +0,0 ## -Id \ No newline at end of property Index: texi2dvi =================================================================== --- texi2dvi (revision 816) +++ texi2dvi (nonexistent) @@ -1,660 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# texi2dvi --- produce DVI (or PDF) files from Texinfo (or LaTeX) sources. -# $Id: texi2dvi,v 1.14 2003/02/05 00:42:33 karl Exp $ -# -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, -# 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this -# program's maintainer or write to: The Free Software Foundation, -# Inc.; 59 Temple Place, Suite 330; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# Original author: Noah Friedman . -# -# Please send bug reports, etc. to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. -# If possible, please send a copy of the output of the script called with -# the `--debug' option when making a bug report. - -# This string is expanded by rcs automatically when this file is checked out. -rcs_revision='$Revision: 1.14 $' -rcs_version=`set - $rcs_revision; echo $2` -program=`echo $0 | sed -e 's!.*/!!'` -version="texi2dvi (GNU Texinfo 4.5) $rcs_version - -Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software -under the terms of the GNU General Public License. -For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING." - -usage="Usage: $program [OPTION]... FILE... - -Run each Texinfo or LaTeX FILE through TeX in turn until all -cross-references are resolved, building all indices. The directory -containing each FILE is searched for included files. The suffix of FILE -is used to determine its language (LaTeX or Texinfo). - -Makeinfo is used to perform Texinfo macro expansion before running TeX -when needed. - -Operation modes: - -b, --batch no interaction - -c, --clean remove all auxiliary files - -D, --debug turn on shell debugging (set -x) - -h, --help display this help and exit successfully - -o, --output=OFILE leave output in OFILE (implies --clean); - Only one input FILE may be specified in this case - -q, --quiet no output unless errors (implies --batch) - -s, --silent same as --quiet - -v, --version display version information and exit successfully - -V, --verbose report on what is done - -TeX tuning: - -@ use @input instead of \input; for preloaded Texinfo - -e, -E, --expand force macro expansion using makeinfo - -I DIR search DIR for Texinfo files - -l, --language=LANG specify the LANG of FILE (LaTeX or Texinfo) - -p, --pdf use pdftex or pdflatex for processing - -t, --texinfo=CMD insert CMD after @setfilename in copy of input file - multiple values accumulate - -The values of the BIBTEX, LATEX (or PDFLATEX), MAKEINDEX, MAKEINFO, -TEX (or PDFTEX), and TEXINDEX environment variables are used to run -those commands, if they are set. - -Email bug reports to , -general questions and discussion to . -Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" - -# Initialize variables for option overriding and otherwise. -# Don't use `unset' since old bourne shells don't have this command. -# Instead, assign them an empty value. -batch=false # eval for batch mode -clean= -debug= -escape='\' -expand= # t for expansion via makeinfo -miincludes= # makeinfo include path -oformat=dvi -oname= # --output -quiet= # by default let the tools' message be displayed -set_language= -textra= -tmpdir=${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/t2d$$ # avoid collisions on 8.3 filesystems. -txincludes= # TEXINPUTS extensions, with trailing colon -txiprereq=19990129 # minimum texinfo.tex version to have macro expansion -verbose=false # echo for verbose mode - -orig_pwd=`pwd` - -# Systems which define $COMSPEC or $ComSpec use semicolons to separate -# directories in TEXINPUTS. -if test -n "$COMSPEC$ComSpec"; then - path_sep=";" -else - path_sep=":" -fi - -# Pacify verbose cds. -CDPATH=${ZSH_VERSION+.}$path_sep - -# In case someone crazy insists on using grep -E. -: ${EGREP=egrep} - -# Save this so we can construct a new TEXINPUTS path for each file. -TEXINPUTS_orig="$TEXINPUTS" -# Unfortunately makeindex does not read TEXINPUTS. -INDEXSTYLE_orig="$INDEXSTYLE" -export TEXINPUTS INDEXSTYLE - -# Push a token among the arguments that will be used to notice when we -# ended options/arguments parsing. -# Use "set dummy ...; shift" rather than 'set - ..." because on -# Solaris set - turns off set -x (but keeps set -e). -# Use ${1+"$@"} rather than "$@" because Digital Unix and Ultrix 4.3 -# still expand "$@" to a single argument (the empty string) rather -# than nothing at all. -arg_sep="$$--$$" -set dummy ${1+"$@"} "$arg_sep"; shift - -# -# Parse command line arguments. -while test x"$1" != x"$arg_sep"; do - - # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv. - case "$1" in - --*=*) - opt=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//'` - val=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//'` - shift - set dummy "$opt" "$val" ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - esac - - # This recognizes --quark as --quiet. So what. - case "$1" in - -@ ) escape=@;; - # Silently and without documentation accept -b and --b[atch] as synonyms. - -b | --b*) batch=eval;; - -q | -s | --q* | --s*) quiet=t; batch=eval;; - -c | --c*) clean=t;; - -D | --d*) debug=t;; - -e | -E | --e*) expand=t;; - -h | --h*) echo "$usage"; exit 0;; - -I | --I*) - shift - miincludes="$miincludes -I $1" - txincludes="$txincludes$1$path_sep" - ;; - -l | --l*) shift; set_language=$1;; - -o | --o*) - shift - clean=t - case "$1" in - /* | ?:/*) oname=$1;; - *) oname="$orig_pwd/$1";; - esac;; - -p | --p*) oformat=pdf;; - -t | --t*) shift; textra="$textra\\ -$1";; - -v | --vers*) echo "$version"; exit 0;; - -V | --verb*) verbose=echo;; - --) # What remains are not options. - shift - while test x"$1" != x"$arg_sep"; do - set dummy ${1+"$@"} "$1"; shift - shift - done - break;; - -*) - echo "$0: Unknown or ambiguous option \`$1'." >&2 - echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2 - exit 1;; - *) set dummy ${1+"$@"} "$1"; shift;; - esac - shift -done -# Pop the token -shift - -# Interpret remaining command line args as filenames. -case $# in - 0) - echo "$0: Missing file arguments." >&2 - echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2 - exit 2 - ;; - 1) ;; - *) - if test -n "$oname"; then - echo "$0: Can't use option \`--output' with more than one argument." >&2 - exit 2 - fi - ;; -esac - -# Prepare the temporary directory. Remove it at exit, unless debugging. -if test -z "$debug"; then - trap "cd / && rm -rf $tmpdir" 0 1 2 15 -fi - -# Create the temporary directory with strict rights -(umask 077 && mkdir $tmpdir) || exit 1 - -# Prepare the tools we might need. This may be extra work in some -# cases, but improves the readibility of the script. -utildir=$tmpdir/utils -mkdir $utildir || exit 1 - -# A sed script that preprocesses Texinfo sources in order to keep the -# iftex sections only. We want to remove non TeX sections, and -# comment (with `@c texi2dvi') TeX sections so that makeinfo does not -# try to parse them. Nevertheless, while commenting TeX sections, -# don't comment @macro/@end macro so that makeinfo does propagate -# them. Unfortunately makeinfo --iftex --no-ifhtml --no-ifinfo -# doesn't work well enough (yet) to use that, so work around with sed. -comment_iftex_sed=$utildir/comment.sed -cat <$comment_iftex_sed -/^@tex/,/^@end tex/{ - s/^/@c texi2dvi/ -} -/^@iftex/,/^@end iftex/{ - s/^/@c texi2dvi/ - /^@c texi2dvi@macro/,/^@c texi2dvi@end macro/{ - s/^@c texi2dvi// - } -} -/^@html/,/^@end html/{ - s/^/@c (texi2dvi)/ -} -/^@ifhtml/,/^@end ifhtml/{ - s/^/@c (texi2dvi)/ -} -/^@ifnottex/,/^@end ifnottex/{ - s/^/@c (texi2dvi)/ -} -/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/{ - /^@node/p - /^@menu/,/^@end menu/p - t - s/^/@c (texi2dvi)/ -} -s/^@ifnotinfo/@c texi2dvi@ifnotinfo/ -s/^@end ifnotinfo/@c texi2dvi@end ifnotinfo/ -EOF -# Uncommenting is simple: Remove any leading `@c texi2dvi'. -uncomment_iftex_sed=$utildir/uncomment.sed -cat <$uncomment_iftex_sed -s/^@c texi2dvi// -EOF - -# A shell script that computes the list of xref files. -# Takes the filename (without extension) of which we look for xref -# files as argument. The index files must be reported last. -get_xref_files=$utildir/get_xref.sh -cat <<\EOF >$get_xref_files -#! /bin/sh - -# Get list of xref files (indexes, tables and lists). -# Find all files having root filename with a two-letter extension, -# saves the ones that are really Texinfo-related files. .?o? catches -# many files: .toc, .log, LaTeX tables and lists, FiXme's .lox, maybe more. -for this_file in "$1".?o? "$1".aux "$1".?? "$1".idx; do - # If file is empty, skip it. - test -s "$this_file" || continue - # If the file is not suitable to be an index or xref file, don't - # process it. The file can't be if its first character is not a - # backslash or single quote. - first_character=`sed -n '1s/^\(.\).*$/\1/p;q' $this_file` - if test "x$first_character" = "x\\" \ - || test "x$first_character" = "x'"; then - xref_files="$xref_files ./$this_file" - fi -done -echo "$xref_files" -EOF -chmod 500 $get_xref_files - -# File descriptor usage: -# 0 standard input -# 1 standard output (--verbose messages) -# 2 standard error -# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty -# 4 used on the Kubota Titan -# 5 tools output (turned off by --quiet) - -# Tools' output. If quiet, discard, else redirect to the message flow. -if test "$quiet" = t; then - exec 5>/dev/null -else - exec 5>&1 -fi - -# Enable tracing -test "$debug" = t && set -x - -# -# TeXify files. - -for command_line_filename in ${1+"$@"}; do - $verbose "Processing $command_line_filename ..." - - # If the COMMAND_LINE_FILENAME is not absolute (e.g., --debug.tex), - # prepend `./' in order to avoid that the tools take it as an option. - echo "$command_line_filename" | $EGREP '^(/|[A-z]:/)' >/dev/null \ - || command_line_filename="./$command_line_filename" - - # See if the file exists. If it doesn't we're in trouble since, even - # though the user may be able to reenter a valid filename at the tex - # prompt (assuming they're attending the terminal), this script won't - # be able to find the right xref files and so forth. - if test ! -r "$command_line_filename"; then - echo "$0: Could not read $command_line_filename, skipping." >&2 - continue - fi - - # Get the name of the current directory. We want the full path - # because in clean mode we are in tmp, in which case a relative - # path has no meaning. - filename_dir=`echo $command_line_filename | sed 's!/[^/]*$!!;s!^$!.!'` - filename_dir=`cd "$filename_dir" >/dev/null && pwd` - - # Strip directory part but leave extension. - filename_ext=`basename "$command_line_filename"` - # Strip extension. - filename_noext=`echo "$filename_ext" | sed 's/\.[^.]*$//'` - ext=`echo "$filename_ext" | sed 's/^.*\.//'` - - # _src. Use same basename since we want to generate aux files with - # the same basename as the manual. If --expand, then output the - # macro-expanded file to here, else copy the original file. - tmpdir_src=$tmpdir/src - filename_src=$tmpdir_src/$filename_noext.$ext - - # _xtr. The file with the user's extra commands. - tmpdir_xtr=$tmpdir/xtr - filename_xtr=$tmpdir_xtr/$filename_noext.$ext - - # _bak. Copies of the previous xref files (another round is run if - # they differ from the new one). - tmpdir_bak=$tmpdir/bak - - # Make all those directories and give up if we can't succeed. - mkdir $tmpdir_src $tmpdir_xtr $tmpdir_bak || exit 1 - - # Source file might include additional sources. - # We want `.:$orig_pwd' before anything else. (We'll add `.:' later - # after all other directories have been turned into absolute paths.) - # `.' goes first to ensure that any old .aux, .cps, - # etc. files in ${directory} don't get used in preference to fresher - # files in `.'. Include orig_pwd in case we are in clean mode, where - # we've cd'd to a temp directory. - common="$orig_pwd$path_sep$filename_dir$path_sep$txincludes" - TEXINPUTS="$common$TEXINPUTS_orig" - INDEXSTYLE="$common$INDEXSTYLE_orig" - - # Convert relative paths to absolute paths, so we can run in another - # directory (e.g., in --clean mode, or during the macro-support - # detection.) - # - # Empty path components are meaningful to tex. We rewrite them - # as `EMPTY' so they don't get lost when we split on $path_sep. - TEXINPUTS=`echo $TEXINPUTS |sed 's/^:/EMPTY:/;s/:$/:EMPTY/;s/::/:EMPTY:/g'` - INDEXSTYLE=`echo $INDEXSTYLE |sed 's/^:/EMPTY:/;s/:$/:EMPTY/;s/::/:EMPTY:/g'` - save_IFS=$IFS - IFS=$path_sep - set x $TEXINPUTS; shift - TEXINPUTS=. - for dir - do - case $dir in - EMPTY) - TEXINPUTS=$TEXINPUTS$path_sep - ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) # Absolute paths don't need to be expansed. - TEXINPUTS=$TEXINPUTS$path_sep$dir - ;; - *) - abs=`cd "$dir" && pwd` && TEXINPUTS=$TEXINPUTS$path_sep$abs - ;; - esac - done - set x $INDEXSTYLE; shift - INDEXSTYLE=. - for dir - do - case $dir in - EMPTY) - INDEXSTYLE=$INDEXSTYLE$path_sep - ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) # Absolute paths don't need to be expansed. - INDEXSTYLE=$INDEXSTYLE$path_sep$dir - ;; - *) - abs=`cd "$dir" && pwd` && INDEXSTYLE=$INDEXSTYLE$path_sep$abs - ;; - esac - done - IFS=$save_IFS - - # If the user explicitly specified the language, use that. - # Otherwise, if the first line is \input texinfo, assume it's texinfo. - # Otherwise, guess from the file extension. - if test -n "$set_language"; then - language=$set_language - elif sed 1q "$command_line_filename" | grep 'input texinfo' >/dev/null; then - language=texinfo - else - language= - fi - - # Get the type of the file (latex or texinfo) from the given language - # we just guessed, or from the file extension if not set yet. - case ${language:-$filename_ext} in - [lL]a[tT]e[xX] | *.ltx | *.tex) - # Assume a LaTeX file. LaTeX needs bibtex and uses latex for - # compilation. No makeinfo. - bibtex=${BIBTEX:-bibtex} - makeinfo= # no point in running makeinfo on latex source. - texindex=${MAKEINDEX:-makeindex} - if test $oformat = dvi; then - tex=${LATEX:-latex} - else - tex=${PDFLATEX:-pdflatex} - fi - ;; - - *) - # Assume a Texinfo file. Texinfo files need makeinfo, texindex and tex. - bibtex= - texindex=${TEXINDEX:-texindex} - if test $oformat = dvi; then - tex=${TEX:-tex} - else - tex=${PDFTEX:-pdftex} - fi - # Unless required by the user, makeinfo expansion is wanted only - # if texinfo.tex is too old. - if test "$expand" = t; then - makeinfo=${MAKEINFO:-makeinfo} - else - # Check if texinfo.tex performs macro expansion by looking for - # its version. The version is a date of the form YEAR-MO-DA. - # We don't need to use [0-9] to match the digits since anyway - # the comparison with $txiprereq, a number, will fail with non - # digits. - txiversion_tex=txiversion.tex - echo '\input texinfo.tex @bye' >$tmpdir/$txiversion_tex - # Run in the tmpdir to avoid leaving files. - eval `cd $tmpdir >/dev/null && - $tex $txiversion_tex 2>/dev/null | - sed -n 's/^.*\[\(.*\)version \(....\)-\(..\)-\(..\).*$/txiformat=\1 txiversion="\2\3\4"/p'` - $verbose "texinfo.tex preloaded as \`$txiformat', version is \`$txiversion' ..." - if test "$txiprereq" -le "$txiversion" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - makeinfo= - else - makeinfo=${MAKEINFO:-makeinfo} - fi - # As long as we had to run TeX, offer the user this convenience - if test "$txiformat" = Texinfo; then - escape=@ - fi - fi - ;; - esac - - # Expand macro commands in the original source file using Makeinfo. - # Always use `end' footnote style, since the `separate' style - # generates different output (arguably this is a bug in -E). - # Discard main info output, the user asked to run TeX, not makeinfo. - if test -n "$makeinfo"; then - $verbose "Macro-expanding $command_line_filename to $filename_src ..." - sed -f $comment_iftex_sed "$command_line_filename" \ - | $makeinfo --footnote-style=end -I "$filename_dir" $miincludes \ - -o /dev/null --macro-expand=- \ - | sed -f $uncomment_iftex_sed >"$filename_src" - filename_input=$filename_src - fi - - # If makeinfo failed (or was not even run), use the original file as input. - if test $? -ne 0 \ - || test ! -r "$filename_src"; then - $verbose "Reverting to $command_line_filename ..." - filename_input=$filename_dir/$filename_ext - fi - - # Used most commonly for @finalout, @smallbook, etc. - if test -n "$textra"; then - $verbose "Inserting extra commands: $textra" - sed '/^@setfilename/a\ -'"$textra" "$filename_input" >$filename_xtr - filename_input=$filename_xtr - fi - - # If clean mode was specified, then move to the temporary directory. - if test "$clean" = t; then - $verbose "cd $tmpdir_src" - cd "$tmpdir_src" || exit 1 - fi - - while :; do # will break out of loop below - orig_xref_files=`$get_xref_files "$filename_noext"` - - # Save copies of originals for later comparison. - if test -n "$orig_xref_files"; then - $verbose "Backing up xref files: `echo $orig_xref_files | sed 's|\./||g'`" - cp $orig_xref_files $tmpdir_bak - fi - - # Run bibtex on current file. - # - If its input (AUX) exists. - # - If AUX contains both `\bibdata' and `\bibstyle'. - # - If some citations are missing (LOG contains `Citation'). - # or the LOG complains of a missing .bbl - # - # We run bibtex first, because I can see reasons for the indexes - # to change after bibtex is run, but I see no reason for the - # converse. - # - # Don't try to be too smart. Running bibtex only if the bbl file - # exists and is older than the LaTeX file is wrong, since the - # document might include files that have changed. Because there - # can be several AUX (if there are \include's), but a single LOG, - # looking for missing citations in LOG is easier, though we take - # the risk to match false messages. - if test -n "$bibtex" \ - && test -r "$filename_noext.aux" \ - && test -r "$filename_noext.log" \ - && (grep '^\\bibdata[{]' "$filename_noext.aux" \ - && grep '^\\bibstyle[{]' "$filename_noext.aux" \ - && (grep 'Warning:.*Citation.*undefined' "$filename_noext.log" \ - || grep 'No file .*\.bbl\.' "$filename_noext.log")) \ - >/dev/null 2>&1; \ - then - $verbose "Running $bibtex $filename_noext ..." - if $bibtex "$filename_noext" >&5; then :; else - echo "$0: $bibtex exited with bad status, quitting." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - fi - - # What we'll run texindex on -- exclude non-index files. - # Since we know index files are last, it is correct to remove everything - # before .aux and .?o?. But don't really do o - # -- don't match whitespace as . - # Otherwise, if orig_xref_files contains something like - # foo.xo foo.whatever - # the space after the o will get matched. - index_files=`echo "$orig_xref_files" \ - | sed "s!.*\.aux!!g; - s!./$filename_noext\.[^ ]o[^ ]!!g; - s/^[ ]*//;s/[ ]*$//"` - # Run texindex (or makeindex) on current index files. If they - # already exist, and after running TeX a first time the index - # files don't change, then there's no reason to run TeX again. - # But we won't know that if the index files are out of date or - # nonexistent. - if test -n "$texindex" && test -n "$index_files"; then - $verbose "Running $texindex $index_files ..." - if $texindex $index_files 2>&5 1>&2; then :; else - echo "$0: $texindex exited with bad status, quitting." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - fi - - # Finally, run TeX. - # Prevent $ESCAPE from being interpreted by the shell if it happens - # to be `/'. - $batch tex_args="\\${escape}nonstopmode\ \\${escape}input" - cmd="$tex $tex_args $filename_input" - $verbose "Running $cmd ..." - if $cmd >&5; then :; else - echo "$0: $tex exited with bad status, quitting." >&2 - echo "$0: see $filename_noext.log for errors." >&2 - test "$clean" = t \ - && cp "$filename_noext.log" "$orig_pwd" - exit 1 - fi - - - # Decide if looping again is needed. - finished=t - - # LaTeX (and the package changebar) report in the LOG file if it - # should be rerun. This is needed for files included from - # subdirs, since texi2dvi does not try to compare xref files in - # subdirs. Performing xref files test is still good since LaTeX - # does not report changes in xref files. - if grep "Rerun to get" "$filename_noext.log" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - finished= - fi - - # Check if xref files changed. - new_xref_files=`$get_xref_files "$filename_noext"` - $verbose "Original xref files = `echo $orig_xref_files | sed 's|\./||g'`" - $verbose "New xref files = `echo $new_xref_files | sed 's|\./||g'`" - - # If old and new lists don't at least have the same file list, - # then one file or another has definitely changed. - test "x$orig_xref_files" != "x$new_xref_files" && finished= - - # File list is the same. We must compare each file until we find - # a difference. - if test -n "$finished"; then - for this_file in $new_xref_files; do - $verbose "Comparing xref file `echo $this_file | sed 's|\./||g'` ..." - # cmp -s returns nonzero exit status if files differ. - if cmp -s "$this_file" "$tmpdir_bak/$this_file"; then :; else - # We only need to keep comparing until we find one that - # differs, because we'll have to run texindex & tex again no - # matter how many more there might be. - finished= - $verbose "xref file `echo $this_file | sed 's|\./||g'` differed ..." - test "$debug" = t && diff -c "$tmpdir_bak/$this_file" "$this_file" - break - fi - done - fi - - # If finished, exit the loop, else rerun the loop. - test -n "$finished" && break - done - - # If we were in clean mode, compilation was in a tmp directory. - # Copy the DVI (or PDF) file into the directory where the compilation - # has been done. (The temp dir is about to get removed anyway.) - # We also return to the original directory so that - # - the next file is processed in correct conditions - # - the temporary file can be removed - if test -n "$clean"; then - if test -n "$oname"; then - dest=$oname - else - dest=$orig_pwd - fi - $verbose "Copying $oformat file from `pwd` to $dest" - cp -p "./$filename_noext.$oformat" "$dest" - cd / # in case $orig_pwd is on a different drive (for DOS) - cd $orig_pwd || exit 1 - fi - - # Remove temporary files. - if test "x$debug" = "x"; then - $verbose "Removing $tmpdir_src $tmpdir_xtr $tmpdir_bak ..." - cd / - rm -rf $tmpdir_src $tmpdir_xtr $tmpdir_bak - fi -done - -$verbose "$0 done." -exit 0 # exit successfully, not however we ended the loop.
    texi2dvi Property changes : Deleted: svn:executable ## -1 +0,0 ## -* \ No newline at end of property

    powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

    © copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.
    ' . - &t2h_anchor('', $href, $entry) . - '  ' . - $descr . - "
    ' . - $entry . - '' . $descr . - "